manualshive.com logo in svg

Dell Networking S4810, Reference Manual

Share
Download
Dell Networking S4810 Reference Manual Download Page 35

debug radius

..............................................................................................................................1476

ip radius source-interface

.........................................................................................................1477

radius-server deadtime

.............................................................................................................1478

radius-server group

...................................................................................................................1479

radius-server host

.....................................................................................................................1480

radius-server vrf

........................................................................................................................ 1482

radius-server key

.......................................................................................................................1483

radius-server retransmit

........................................................................................................... 1484

radius-server timeout

............................................................................................................... 1485

Commands

.................................................................................................................... 1486

tacacs-server group

..................................................................................................................1486

debug

...........................................................................................................................1487

ip tacacs source-interface

........................................................................................................1488

tacacs-server group

..................................................................................................................1489

tacacs-server host

.................................................................................................................... 1490

tacacs-server key

...................................................................................................................... 1491

tacacs-server vrf

....................................................................................................................... 1492

Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands

......................................................................................1493

dot1x authentication (Configuration)

.......................................................................................1494

dot1x authentication (Interface)

............................................................................................... 1495

dot1x auth-fail-vlan

...................................................................................................................1495

dot1x auth-server

......................................................................................................................1496

dot1x guest-vlan

........................................................................................................................1497

dot1x mac-auth-bypass

........................................................................................................... 1498

dot1x max-eap-req

...................................................................................................................1499

dot1x port-control

.................................................................................................................... 1499

dot1x quiet-period

....................................................................................................................1500

dot1x reauthentication

.............................................................................................................. 1501

dot1x reauth-max

......................................................................................................................1502

dot1x server-timeout

................................................................................................................ 1502

dot1x supplicant-timeout

......................................................................................................... 1503

dot1x tx-period

......................................................................................................................... 1504

show dot1x interface

.................................................................................................................1505

SSH Server and SCP Commands

....................................................................................................1506

crypto key generate

..................................................................................................................1506

debug ip ssh

.............................................................................................................................. 1507

ip scp topdir

.............................................................................................................................. 1508

ip ssh authentication-retries

.....................................................................................................1509

ip ssh connection-rate-limit

.....................................................................................................1510

ip ssh hostbased-authentication

...............................................................................................1511

ip ssh key-size

............................................................................................................................1512

ip ssh password-authentication

................................................................................................1512

Summary of Contents for Networking S4810

Page 1: ...Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S4810 System 9 4 0 0 ...

Page 2: ...the problem WARNING A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage personal injury or death Copyright 2014 Dell Inc All rights reserved This product is protected by U S and international copyright and intellectual property laws Dell and the Dell logo are trademarks of Dell Inc in the United States and or other jurisdictions All other marks and names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their...

Page 3: ...ng show Commands 48 Enabling Software Features on Devices Using a Command Option 49 feature vrf 50 show feature 50 Command Modes 51 3 File Management 63 boot system 63 cd 64 copy 65 delete 68 dir 68 format flash S Series 69 fsck flash 70 rename 71 restore factory defaults 72 show boot system 74 show bootvar 75 show file systems 76 show os version 77 show running config 79 show startup config 83 sh...

Page 4: ...me 108 ip ftp password 109 ip ftp source interface 110 ip ftp username 111 ip ftp vrf 112 ip telnet server enable 112 ip telnet server vrf 113 ip telnet source interface 114 ip telnet vrf 115 ip tftp source interface 116 ip tftp vrf 117 line 118 motd banner 119 ping 120 reload 123 send 124 service timestamps 125 show alarms 126 show cam acl vlan 127 show command history 128 show command tree 130 s...

Page 5: ...raceroute cache 166 database hold time 167 disable 167 domain 168 ethernet cfm 168 ethernet cfm mep 169 ethernet cfm mip 170 mep cross check 171 mep cross check enable 171 mep cross check start delay 172 ping ethernet 173 show ethernet cfm domain 173 show ethernet cfm maintenance points local 174 show ethernet cfm maintenance points remote 175 show ethernet cfm mipbd 176 show ethernet cfm statisti...

Page 6: ...max 196 dot1x server timeout 197 dot1x supplicant timeout 198 dot1x tx period 199 show dot1x cos mapping interface 199 show dot1x interface 201 7 Access Control Lists ACL 205 Commands Common to all ACL Types 205 remark 205 show config 207 Common IP ACL Commands 207 access class 208 clear counters ip access group 208 ip access group 209 ip control plane egress filter 211 show ip accounting access l...

Page 7: ...ds 251 deny 251 mac access list standard 253 permit 254 seq 256 Extended MAC ACL Commands 257 deny 257 mac access list extended 259 permit 261 IP Prefix List Commands 263 clear ip prefix list 263 deny 264 ip prefix list 265 seq 266 show config 267 show ip prefix list detail 268 show ip prefix list summary 269 Route Map Commands 270 continue 270 description 272 match as path 272 match community 273...

Page 8: ...s 300 deny for Standard IP ACLs 301 deny for Extended IP ACLs 303 seq for Standard IPv4 ACLs 305 deny tcp for Extended IP ACLs 306 deny udp for Extended IP ACLs 307 deny arp for Extended MAC ACLs 309 deny icmp for Extended IP ACLs 310 deny ether type for Extended MAC ACLs 312 deny for Standard MAC ACLs 313 deny for Extended MAC ACLs 315 permit for Standard IP ACLs 316 permit arp for Extended MAC A...

Page 9: ...mory CAM 349 member vlan 349 ip access group 350 show acl vlan group 350 show cam acl vlan 352 cam acl vlan 353 show cam usage 354 show running config acl vlan group 357 acl vlan group 358 show acl vlan group detail 359 description ACL VLAN Group 360 9 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection BFD 361 bfd all neighbors 361 bfd disable 363 bfd enable Configuration 363 bfd enable Interface 364 bfd interval...

Page 10: ...bgp connection retry timer 391 bgp dampening 391 bgp default local preference 393 bgp enforce first as 394 bgp fast external fallover 395 bgp four octet as support 395 bgp graceful restart 396 bgp non deterministic med 397 bgp recursive bgp next hop 398 bgp regex eval optz disable 399 bgp router id 401 clear ip bgp 401 clear ip bgp dampening 403 clear ip bgp flap statistics 404 clear ip bgp peer g...

Page 11: ...bor remote as 433 neighbor remove private as 434 neighbor route map 435 neighbor route reflector client 436 neighbor sender side loopdetect 437 neighbor shutdown 439 neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound 440 neighbor timers 441 neighbor update source 442 neighbor weight 443 network 444 network backdoor 445 redistribute 446 redistribute ospf 448 router bgp 449 show capture bgp pdu neighbor 450 show...

Page 12: ...ths extcommunity 493 show ip extcommunity list 494 IPv6 BGP Commands 495 clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft 495 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft reconfiguration 496 ipv6 prefix list 497 neighbor soft reconfiguration inbound 498 show ipv6 prefix list 499 IPv6 MBGP Commands 499 show ipv6 mbgproutes 499 11 Content Addressable Memory CAM 501 CAM Profile Commands 501 cam acl Configuration 501 cam acl egress ...

Page 13: ...link delay 526 pfc mode on 527 pfc no drop queues 528 pfc priority 529 show dcb 530 show interface pfc 531 show interface pfc statistics 534 show qos dcb input 535 show stack unit stack ports pfc details 536 ETS Commands 537 bandwidth percentage 537 clear ets counters 538 dcb enable 539 dcb output 540 dcb policy output 541 dcb policy output stack unit stack ports all 542 description 543 ets mode o...

Page 14: ... a DCB Map in a Switch Stack 577 dcb pfc shared buffer size 578 dcb buffer threshold 579 priority 579 qos policy buffer 580 dcb policy buffer threshold Interface Configuration 582 dcb policy dcb buffer threshold Global Configuration 583 show qos dcb buffer threshold 584 show hardware stack unit buffer stats snapshot With Polling and History 585 dcb pfc total buffer size 591 show running config dcb...

Page 15: ...ver 622 netbios node type 622 network 623 pool 624 show ip dhcp binding 624 show ip dhcp configuration 625 show ip dhcp conflict 625 show ip dhcp server 626 Commands to Configure Secure DHCP 626 arp inspection 626 arp inspection trust 627 clear ip dhcp snooping 628 ip dhcp relay 628 ip dhcp snooping 629 ip dhcp snooping binding 630 ip dhcp snooping database 631 ip dhcp snooping database renew 632 ...

Page 16: ...nable 653 show fips status 654 show ip ssh 654 ssh 655 18 FCoE Transit 659 clear fip snooping database interface vlan 659 clear fip snooping statistics 660 debug fip snooping 660 debug fip snooping rx 661 feature fip snooping 662 fip snooping enable 663 fip snooping fc map 663 fip snooping max sessions per enodemac 664 fip snooping port mode fcf 665 fip snooping port mode fcoe trusted 665 show fip...

Page 17: ...stration 692 protocol gvrp 693 show config 694 show garp timers 695 show gvrp 695 show gvrp statistics 697 21 High Availability HA 699 patch flash RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR 699 process restartable 700 redundancy auto failover limit 701 redundancy disable auto reboot 702 redundancy force failover 703 redundancy primary 704 redundancy protocol 704 redundancy reset counter 705 redundancy sfm standby 706 redu...

Page 18: ...p interface 729 show ip igmp ssm map 730 IGMP Snooping Commands 731 ip igmp snooping enable 732 ip igmp snooping fast leave 733 ip igmp snooping flood 733 ip igmp snooping last member query interval 734 ip igmp snooping mrouter 735 ip igmp snooping querier 736 show ip igmp snooping mrouter 737 24 Interfaces 739 Basic Interface Commands 739 clear counters 739 clear dampening 741 dampening 742 descr...

Page 19: ...w range 795 show running config ecmp group 796 shutdown 796 speed for 10 100 1000 interfaces 798 speed Management interface 799 stack unit portmode 800 switchport 801 Egress Interface Selection EIS Commands 803 application 803 application for HTTP and ICMP 804 clear management application pkt cntr 805 clear management application pkt fallback cntr 805 management egress interface selection 805 show...

Page 20: ...psec transform set 829 crypto ipsec policy 831 management crypto policy 832 match 832 session key 833 show crypto ipsec transform set 834 show crypto ipsec policy 835 transform set 837 27 IPv4 Routing 839 arp 839 arp backoff time 840 arp learn enable 841 arp max entries 842 arp retries 843 arp timeout 843 clear arp cache 844 clear host 846 clear ip fib stack unit 846 clear ip route 847 clear tcp s...

Page 21: ...management route 879 show arp 880 show arp retries 884 show hosts 884 show ip cam linecard 886 show ip cam stack unit 889 show ip fib linecard 892 show ip fib stack unit 894 show ip flow 895 show ip interface 897 show ip management route 900 show ipv6 management route 901 show ip protocols 902 show ip route 903 show ip route list 906 show ip route summary 907 show ip traffic 909 show tcp statistic...

Page 22: ...935 ipv6 unicast routing 937 show ipv6 cam stack unit 938 show ipv6 control plane icmp 940 show ipv6 fib stack unit 940 show ipv6 flowlabel zero 941 show ipv6 interface 942 show ipv6 mld_host 945 show ipv6 route 946 trust ipv6 diffserv 949 30 iSCSI Optimization 951 advertise dcbx app tlv 951 iscsi aging time 952 iscsi cos 952 iscsi enable 953 iscsi priority bits 954 iscsi profile compellant 955 is...

Page 23: ... list redistributed override 977 domain password 978 graceful restart ietf 979 graceful restart interval 980 graceful restart restart wait 980 graceful restart t1 981 graceful restart t2 982 graceful restart t3 983 hello padding 984 hostname dynamic 985 ignore lsp errors 986 ip router isis 986 ipv6 router isis 987 isis circuit type 988 isis csnp interval 989 isis hello interval 990 isis hello mult...

Page 24: ...stname 1020 show isis interface 1021 show isis neighbors 1022 show isis protocol 1024 show isis traffic 1025 spf interval 1027 32 Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP 1029 clear lacp counters 1029 debug lacp 1030 lacp long timeout 1031 lacp port priority 1032 lacp system priority 1033 port channel protocol lacp 1033 show lacp 1034 33 Layer 2 1037 MAC Addressing Commands 1037 clear mac address ta...

Page 25: ... vlan id 1057 default vlan disable 1058 name 1058 show config 1059 show vlan 1060 tagged 1063 track ip 1064 untagged 1066 Far End Failure Detection FEFD 1067 debug fefd 1067 fefd 1068 fefd disable 1069 fefd interval 1070 fefd mode 1070 fefd reset 1071 fefd global interval 1072 fefd global 1073 show fefd 1074 34 Link Layer Discovery Protocol LLDP 1077 LLPD Commands 1077 advertise dot1 tlv 1077 adve...

Page 26: ...ise med video signaling 1099 advertise med voice 1100 advertise med voice signaling 1101 35 Microsoft Network Load Balancing 1103 arp for Multicast MAC Address 1105 mac address table static for Multicast MAC Address 1106 ip vlan flooding 1108 36 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol MSDP 1109 clear ip msdp peer 1109 clear ip msdp sa cache 1110 clear ip msdp statistic 1111 debug ip msdp 1112 ip msdp ...

Page 27: ...tree 1138 spanning tree msti 1139 tc flush standard 1140 38 Multicast 1143 IPv4 Multicast Commands 1143 clear ip mroute 1143 ip mroute 1144 ip multicast limit 1145 ip multicast routing 1146 show ip mroute 1147 show ip rpf 1150 39 Neighbor Discovery Protocol NDP 1151 clear ipv6 neighbors 1151 ipv6 neighbor 1152 show ipv6 neighbors 1153 40 Open Shortest Path First OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 1157 OSPFv2 Comma...

Page 28: ...f hello interval 1182 ip ospf message digest key 1182 ip ospf mtu ignore 1184 ip ospf network 1184 ip ospf priority 1185 ip ospf retransmit interval 1186 ip ospf transmit delay 1187 log adjacency changes 1188 maximum paths 1188 network area 1189 passive interface 1190 redistribute 1192 redistribute bgp 1194 redistribute isis 1195 router id 1196 router ospf 1197 show config 1198 show ip ospf 1199 s...

Page 29: ... clear ipv6 ospf process 1241 debug ipv6 ospf bfd 1241 debug ipv6 ospf packet 1243 default information originate 1244 graceful restart grace period 1245 graceful restart mode 1246 ipv6 ospf area 1247 ipv6 ospf authentication 1248 ipv6 ospf bfd all neighbors 1249 ipv6 ospf cost 1250 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1251 ipv6 ospf encryption 1252 ipv6 ospf graceful restart helper reject 1254 ipv6 ospf hello ...

Page 30: ...lter 1286 ip pim ingress interface map 1287 ip pim neighbor filter 1288 ip pim query interval 1289 ip pim register filter 1289 ip pim rp address 1290 ip pim rp candidate 1291 ip pim sparse mode 1292 ip pim sparse mode sg expiry timer 1293 ip pim spt threshold 1294 no ip pim snooping dr flood 1295 show ip pim bsr router 1296 show ip pim interface 1296 show ip pim neighbor 1298 show ip pim rp 1299 s...

Page 31: ...l spanning tree pvst 1326 show spanning tree pvst 1327 spanning tree pvst 1330 spanning tree pvst err disable 1333 tc flush standard 1334 vlan bridge priority 1334 vlan forward delay 1335 vlan hello time 1336 vlan max age 1337 46 Quality of Service QoS 1339 Global Configuration Commands 1339 qos rate adjust 1339 Per Port QoS Commands 1340 dot1p priority 1340 rate police 1341 rate shape 1342 servic...

Page 32: ... service policy input 1366 service policy output 1367 service queue 1368 set 1369 show qos class map 1369 show qos dot1p queue mapping 1370 show qos policy map 1371 show qos policy map input 1372 show qos policy map output 1373 show qos qos policy input 1374 show qos qos policy output 1375 show qos statistics 1376 show qos wred profile 1377 test cam usage 1378 threshold 1380 trust 1381 wred 1382 w...

Page 33: ...is 1406 redistribute ospf 1407 router rip 1408 show config 1409 show ip rip database 1410 show running config rip 1411 timers basic 1412 version 1413 48 Remote Monitoring RMON 1415 rmon alarm 1415 rmon collection history 1417 rmon collection statistics 1418 rmon event 1419 rmon hc alarm 1420 show rmon 1421 show rmon alarms 1422 show rmon events 1424 show rmon hc alarm 1425 show rmon history 1426 s...

Page 34: ...and Privilege Commands 1453 authorization 1454 aaa authorization commands 1455 aaa authorization config commands 1456 aaa authorization exec 1456 privilege level CONFIGURATION mode 1457 privilege level LINE mode 1458 Authentication and Password Commands 1459 aaa authentication enable 1459 aaa authentication login 1461 access class 1463 enable password 1464 enable restricted 1465 enable secret 1466...

Page 35: ...493 dot1x authentication Configuration 1494 dot1x authentication Interface 1495 dot1x auth fail vlan 1495 dot1x auth server 1496 dot1x guest vlan 1497 dot1x mac auth bypass 1498 dot1x max eap req 1499 dot1x port control 1499 dot1x quiet period 1500 dot1x reauthentication 1501 dot1x reauth max 1502 dot1x server timeout 1502 dot1x supplicant timeout 1503 dot1x tx period 1504 show dot1x interface 150...

Page 36: ...g database renew 1529 ip dhcp snooping trust 1530 ip dhcp source address validation 1530 ip dhcp snooping vlan 1531 show ip dhcp snooping 1532 52 Service Provider Bridging 1533 debug protocol tunnel 1533 protocol tunnel 1534 protocol tunnel destination mac 1535 protocol tunnel enable 1536 protocol tunnel rate limit 1537 show protocol tunnel 1538 53 sFlow 1541 sflow collector 1542 sflow enable Glob...

Page 37: ...rce 1571 snmp server user 1573 snmp server user for AES128 CFB Encryption 1576 snmp server view 1577 snmp server vrf 1578 snmp trap link status 1579 Syslog Commands 1579 clear logging 1580 default logging buffered 1580 default logging console 1581 default logging monitor 1582 default logging trap 1582 logging 1583 logging buffered 1584 logging console 1585 logging facility 1586 logging history 158...

Page 38: ...orm control unknown unicast 1620 storm control broadcast Configuration 1621 storm control broadcast Interface 1622 storm control multicast Configuration 1623 storm control multicast Interface 1624 storm control unknown unicast Configuration 1624 storm control unknown unicast Interface 1625 58 Spanning Tree Protocol STP 1627 bridge priority 1627 bpdu destination mac address 1628 debug spanning tree...

Page 39: ...ot 1661 printenv 1661 reset 1663 save 1663 setenv 1664 61 Tunneling 1667 tunnel mode 1667 tunnel source 1668 tunnel keepalive 1669 tunnel allow remote 1670 tunnel dscp 1671 tunnel flow label 1671 tunnel hop limit 1672 tunnel destination 1673 ip unnumbered 1673 ipv6 unnumbered 1674 62 Uplink Failure Detection UFD 1677 clear ufd disable 1677 debug uplink state group 1678 description 1679 downstream ...

Page 40: ...p vrf forwarding 1704 interface management 1706 maximum dynamic routes 1706 show ip vrf 1707 show run vrf 1708 65 VLT Proxy Gateway 1711 proxy gateway lldp 1711 proxy gateway static 1712 remote mac address exclude vlan 1712 peer domain link port channel exclude vlan 1713 proxy gateway peer timeout 1714 vlt peer mac transmit 1714 show vlt proxy gateway 1715 66 Virtual Link Trunking VLT 1717 back up...

Page 41: ...peer lag port channel 1737 show vlt private vlan 1738 67 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP 1739 IPv4 VRRP Commands 1739 advertise interval 1739 authentication type 1740 clear counters vrrp 1741 debug vrrp 1742 description 1743 disable 1744 hold time 1745 preempt 1745 priority 1746 show config 1747 show vrrp 1748 virtual address 1752 vrrp delay minimum 1753 vrrp delay reload 1754 vrrp group 1...

Page 42: ...42 ...

Page 43: ...th usage information and sample output NOTE For more information about when to use the CLI commands refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for your system Audience This book is intended for system administrators who are responsible for configuring or maintaining networks This guide assumes that you are knowledgeable in Layer 2 and Layer 3 networking technologies Conventions This book ...

Page 44: ...ou to choose any or all of the options Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols NOTE The Note icon signals important operational information CAUTION The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data WARNING The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury 44 About this Guide ...

Page 45: ...ying 172 31 1 53 Connected to 172 31 1 53 Escape character is Login username Password Dell After you log in to the switch the prompt provides you with the current command level information For example Prompt CLI Command Mode Dell EXEC Dell EXEC Privilege Dell conf CONFIGURATION NOTE For a list of all the command mode prompts refer to the Command Modes section Multiple Configuration Users When a us...

Page 46: ...ing is an example of typing ip at the prompt Dell conf ip access list Named access list as path BGP autonomous system path filter community list Add a community list entry domain list Domain name to complete unqualified host name domain lookup Enable IP Domain Name System hostname translation domain name Define the default domain name fib FIB configuration commands ftp FTP configuration commands h...

Page 47: ...working OS command line are as follows Key Combination Action CNTL A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line CNTL B Moves the cursor back one character CNTL D Deletes the character at the cursor CNTL E Moves the cursor to the end of the line CNTL F Moves the cursor forward one character CNTL I Completes a keyword CNTL K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the com...

Page 48: ... is described in the Syntax portion of the command description Filtering show Commands To find specific information display certain information only or begin the command output at the first instance of a regular expression or phrase you can filter the display output of a show command When you execute a show command and then enter a pipe one of the following parameters and a regular expression the ...

Page 49: ...ivate software applications or components on a device using a command is supported on the S4810 S4820T and S6000 platforms Starting with Release 9 4 0 0 you can enable or disable specific software functionalities or applications that need to run on a device by using a command attribute in the CLI interface This capability enables effective streamlined management and administration of applications ...

Page 50: ...ticular target where VRF is enabled the show output is similar to the following Feature State VRF enabled feature vrf Enable the VRF application on a device After you enable this module you cannot deactivate it S4810 Syntax feature vrf Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 S4820T and S6000 Usage Information You can activate VRF applic...

Page 51: ...UTER BGP mode 2 Enter the command address family 3 Enter the protocol type For IPv4 enter ipv4 multicast The prompt changes to include conf router_bgp_af for IPv4 For IPv6 enteripv6 unicast The prompt changes to include conf router_bgpv6_af for IPv6 CLASS MAP Mode To create or configure a class map use CLASS MAP mode For more information refer to Policy Based QoS Commands To enter CLASS MAP mode 1...

Page 52: ... then enter the policy name To enable or configure a DCB output policy enter the dcb output command then enter the policy name The prompt changes to include conf dcb in for an input policy or conf dcb out for an output policy You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command DHCP Mode To enable and configure Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP use DHCP mode For more information r...

Page 53: ... to view settings and enter EXEC Privilege mode which is used to configure the device When you are in EXEC mode the prompt is displayed following the host name prompt which is Dell by default You can change the host name prompt using the hostname command NOTE Each mode prompt is preceded by the host name EXEC Privilege Mode The enable command accesses EXEC Privilege mode If an administrator has co...

Page 54: ...ce can be physical for example a Gigabit Ethernet port or virtual for example the Null interface To enter INTERFACE mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the interface command and then enter an interface type and interface number that is available on the switch The prompt changes to include the designated interface and slot port number For example Prompt Interface Type...

Page 55: ...S use ISIS ADDRESS FAMILY mode For more information refer to Intermediate System to Intermediate System IS IS To enter ISIS ADDRESS FAMILY mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER ISIS mode 2 Enter the command address family ipv6 unicast The prompt changes to include conf router_isis af_ipv6 LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol LLDP use LLDP mode For more informati...

Page 56: ... include conf std macl or conf ext macl You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command MONITOR SESSION Mode To enable and configure a traffic monitoring session using port monitoring use MONITOR SESSION mode For more information refer to Port Monitoring To enter MONITOR SESSION mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the monitor session command then the s...

Page 57: ...VER GROUP mode For more information refer to Port Channel Commands To enter PORT CHANNEL FAILOVER GROUP mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the port channel failover group command The prompt changes to include conf po failover grp You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command PREFIX LIST Mode To configure a prefix list use PREFIX LIST mode To enter P...

Page 58: ... ets You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command RAPID SPANNING TREE RSTP Mode To enable and configure RSTP use RSTP mode For more information refer to Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP To enter RSTP mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the protocol spanning tree rstp command The prompt changes to include conf rstp You can return to CONFIGURATION mo...

Page 59: ...ONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the router ospf process id command The prompt changes to include conf router_ospf id You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6 use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode For more information refer to OSPFv3 Commands To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode 1 Verify that...

Page 60: ...rmation refer to Virtual Link Trunking VLT To enter VLT DOMAIN mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the vlt domaincommand then the VLT domain number The prompt changes to include conf vlt domain You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command VRRP Mode To enable and configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP use VRRP mode For more information ...

Page 61: ...P mode For more information refer to Uplink Failure Detection UFD To enter UPLINK STATE GROUP mode 1 Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode 2 Enter the uplink state group command then the group ID number The prompt changes to include conf uplink state group groupID CLI Basics 61 ...

Page 62: ...62 ...

Page 63: ...ult next hop gateway for the management subnet ip address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format stack unit Enter the stack unit number for the master switch 0 11 0 7 all Enter the stack unit number The S4810 range is from 0 to 11 default Enter the keyword default to use the primary Dell Networking OS image primary Enter the keyword primary to use the primary Dell Networking OS image seconda...

Page 64: ...Change to a different working directory S4810 Syntax cd directory Parameters directory OPTIONAL Enter one of the following flash internal Flash or any sub directory usbflash internal Flash or any sub directory Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Gui...

Page 65: ... and IPv6 addressing for FTP TFTP and SCP in the hostip field file url To copy a file from the internal FLASH enter flash followed by the filename To copy a file on an FTP server enter ftp user password hostip filepath To copy the running configuration enter the keyword running config To copy the startup configuration enter the keyword startup config To copy using a Secure Copy SCP enter the keywo...

Page 66: ... command Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports a maximum of 100 files at the root directory level on both the internal and external Flash When copying a file to a remote location for example using Secure Copy SCP enter only the keywords and Dell Networking OS prompts you need for the rest of the information For example when using SCP you can enter copy running config scp where running conf...

Page 67: ...t position indicates that the target is to be specified in the ensuing prompts Entering flash in the second position indicates that the target is the internal Flash The source is on a secure server running SSH so you are prompted for the user datagram protocol UDP port of the SSH server on the remote host Example Dell copy scp flash Address or name of remote host 10 11 199 134 Port number of the s...

Page 68: ... file prior to deletion Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 I...

Page 69: ...ersion history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command Example Dell dir Directory of flash 1 rwx 6478482 May 13 101 16 54 34 E1200 BIN flash 64077824 bytes total 57454592 bytes free Dell R...

Page 70: ...OG_DIR CAUTION This command deletes all files including the startup configuration file So after executing this command consider saving the running config as the startup config use the write memory command or copy run start command Related Commands copy copies the current configuration to either the startup configuration file or the terminal show file systems displays information about the file sys...

Page 71: ... start command Related Commands copy copy one file to another location show file systems Display information about the file systems on the system rename Rename a file in the local file system S4810 Syntax rename url url Parameters url Enter the following keywords and a filename For a file on the internal Flash enter flash followed by the filename For a file on an external USB drive enter usbflash ...

Page 72: ...tore all units in the stack clear all Enter the keywords clear all to reset the NvRAM and the system startup configuration nvram Enter the keyword nvram to reset the NvRAM only Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the...

Page 73: ...aults will delete the existing startup config and all persistent settings stacking fanout etc All the units in the stack will be split into standalone units After restoration the unit s will be powercycled immediately Proceed with caution Proceed with factory settings Confirm yes no yes Restore status Unit Nvram Config 0 Success Success 1 Success Success 2 Success Success 3 Not present 4 Not prese...

Page 74: ...actory defaults stack unit 1nvram Warning Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing persistent settings stacking fanout etc After restoration the unit s will be powercycled immediately Proceed with caution Proceed with factory settings Confirm yes no yes Restore status Unit Nvram Config 1 Success Power cycling the unit s Dell show boot system Displays information about boot images curren...

Page 75: ...he S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and E Series Example Dell show boot system stack unit 0 Current system image information in the system Type Boot Type A B Stack unit 0 FLASH BOOT 9 0 2 1 9 0 2 0 boot Dell show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters S4810 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For co...

Page 76: ...t SECONDARY NETWORK CONFIG FILE variable does not exist CURRENT IMAGE FILE system B CURRENT CONFIG FILE 1 flash startup config CURRENT CONFIG FILE 2 variable does not exist CONFIG LOAD PREFERENCE local first BOOT INTERFACE GATEWAY IP ADDRESS 10 16 132 254 Reload Mode normal reload Dell show file systems Display information about the file systems on the system S4810 Syntax show file systems Command...

Page 77: ...e location is remote no size is listed Feature Displays the formatted DOS version of the device Type Displays the type of storage If the location is remote the word network is listed Flags Displays the access available to the storage location The following letters indicate the level of access r read access w write access Prefixes Displays the name of the storage location Related Commands format fl...

Page 78: ...mand Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command Example Dell show os version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION Platform Version Size ReleaseTime S Series SI 9 4 0 50 49100764 M...

Page 79: ...f the following keywords NOTE If you did not configure anything that entity nothing displays and the prompt returns aaa for the current AAA configuration acl for the current ACL configuration arp for the current static ARP configuration as path for the current AS path configuration bfd for the current BFD configuration bgp for the current BGP configuration boot for the current boot configuration c...

Page 80: ... the tunnel ID The range is from 1 to 16383 ip for the current IP configuration isis for the current ISIS configuration line for the current line configuration lldp for the current LLDP configuration load balance for the current port channel load balance configuration logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac address table for the current MAC confi...

Page 81: ...RADIUS configuration redirect list for the current redirect list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy configuration resolve for the current DNS configuration rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanning tree...

Page 82: ...ege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types Version 9 0 0 0 Added support for the VL...

Page 83: ... 5 hardware watchdog stack unit 0 hardware watchdog stack unit 1 hardware watchdog stack unit 2 Example Dell show running config status running config bytes 10257 checksum 0xFD33339F startup config bytes 10257 checksum 0xFD33339F Usage Information The status option allows you to display the size and checksum of the running configuration and the startup configuration show startup config Display the...

Page 84: ...m A boot system gateway 10 16 132 254 redundancy auto synchronize full redundancy disable auto reboot stack unit Related Commands show running config displays the current running configuration show version Display the current Dell Networking Operating System OS version information on the system S4810 Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific F...

Page 85: ...e configuration of the system including the number and type of physical interfaces available Example S Series Dell show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version 1 0 Dell Application Software Version E7 8 1 13 Copyright c 1999 2008 by Dell Force10 Networks Inc Build Time Mon Nov 24 18 59 27 2008 Build Path sites sjc work sw build build2 Release E7 8 1 SW SRC De...

Page 86: ...0 10 flowcontrol rx on tx on no shutdown Dell conf if te 0 5 Dell Example S6000 Dell S6000 show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version 2 0 Dell Application Software Version 9 4 0 119 Copyright c 1999 2014 by Dell Inc All Rights Reserved Build Time Tue Mar 18 10 32 02 PDT 2014 Build Path work local build buildSpaces build01 E9 4 0 SW SRCC Dell Networking OS u...

Page 87: ...ion filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence flash After entering the keyword flash you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form flash filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence A B Enter the partition to upgrade from the flash stack unit Enter the keywords stack unit to synch the image to the stack unit file url Enter the following location keywor...

Page 88: ...formation RFC 3986 specifies that IPv6 host addresses in a uniform resource identifier URI must be enclosed in square brackets X X X X X For maximum flexibility this command accepts IPv6 host addresses with or without the square brackets Reload Dell Networking OS after executing this command To copy Dell Networking OS from the management unit to one or more stack members use the upgrade system sta...

Page 89: ... 12946259 bytes successfully copied Dell reload File Management 89 ...

Page 90: ...90 ...

Page 91: ...threshold is reached S4810 Syntax asf mode stack unit unit id all queue size To return to standard Store and Forward mode use the no asf mode stack unit command Parameters unit id Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset The S4810 range is from 0 to 11 NOTE The S4810 commands accept Unit ID numbers from 0 to 11 though S4810 supports stacking of up to six units queue size...

Page 92: ...ation iscsioptacl 0 disabled Allocate space to each CAM region Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted The total space allocated must equal 13 The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2 Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks 4 Creates 242 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller 256 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality 8 Cr...

Page 93: ...d vman dual qos Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information For the new settings to take effect save the new CAM settings to the startup config write mem or copy run start then reload the system The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated The ipv4acl profile ra...

Page 94: ...platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 1 0 0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Usage Information Reboot the switch after changing the parameter values for changes to take effect For platform specific instructions about using this command ...

Page 95: ...d on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode S4810 Syntax configure terminal Parameters terminal OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ...

Page 96: ...ONAL Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS The range is from 0 to 15 The default is 1 Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Ve...

Page 97: ...her platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 I...

Page 98: ...IONAL Enter a number for a privilege level of Dell Networking OS The range is from 0 to 15 Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on t...

Page 99: ...nterval command Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds The default is 300 seconds 5 minutes Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The fol...

Page 100: ...erval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the SNMP MIB Version 8 3 11 4 Deprecated command for Z9000 Replaced by the enable optic info update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the SNMP MIB Version 8 3 10 0 Deprecated command for the S4810 only Replaced by the enable optic info update interval command to update information...

Page 101: ...t other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1...

Page 102: ... Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command Usage Information Optionally use the banner exec command to create a text string that is displayed when you access EXEC mode This...

Page 103: ...platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on ...

Page 104: ... list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command Related...

Page 105: ...pport for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command Example morpheus ftp 10 31 1 111 Connected to 10 31 1 111 ...

Page 106: ...command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command Usage Information After ...

Page 107: ... the password is unencrypted encryption type OPTIONAL After the keyword password enter one of the following numbers 0 zero for an unecrypted clear text password 7 seven for a hidden text password Defaults Not enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Referen...

Page 108: ...latforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introd...

Page 109: ...forms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduce...

Page 110: ...n For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 For a tunnel interface enter the keyword tunnel Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specifi...

Page 111: ...xt string as the user name up to 40 characters long Defaults No user name is configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S60...

Page 112: ...des CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S Series and Z Series Usage Information Use this command to make the FTP clients VRF aware The VRF name that you specify is used ...

Page 113: ...H server on the system ip telnet server vrf Configures the TELNET server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF S4810 Syntax ip telnet server vrf management vrf name To undo the TELNET server configuration use the no ip telnet server vrf vrf name command Parameters vrf management Enter the keyword vrf followed by the keyword management to specify a management VRF that is used by the TELNET s...

Page 114: ... or number information For Loopback interfaces enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel enter the keyword port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information F...

Page 115: ...telnet telnet to another device ip telnet vrf Configures a TELNET client to use a specific VRF S4810 Syntax ip telnet vrf vrf name To undo the TELENT client configuration use the ip telnet vrf vrf name command Parameters vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TELENT client Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History ...

Page 116: ...annel enter the keyword port channel then a number For the C Series and S Series the range is 1 to 128 For the SONET interfaces enter the keyword sonet then slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For VLAN interface ent...

Page 117: ...d Parameters vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TFTP client Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command Version...

Page 118: ...Telnet sessions The system supports 10 Telnet sessions end number OPTIONAL Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure You can configure multiple lines at one time Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Refere...

Page 119: ... lines Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Versi...

Page 120: ...ount Enter the number of echo packets to be sent The default is 5 number from 1 to 2147483647 continuous transmit echo request continuously datagram size Enter the ICMP datagram size The range is from 36 to 15360 bytes The default is 100 timeout Enter the interval to wait for an echo reply before timing out The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds The default is 2 seconds source Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 ...

Page 121: ...eep range The range is from 53 to 15359 bytes sweep interval Enter the incremental value for sweep size The range is from 1 to 15308 seconds interface IPv4 only Enter the outgoing interface for multicast packets Enter the IP address in A B C D format For a Port Channel enter the keyword port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenG...

Page 122: ...ntroduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E Series Usage Information When you enter the ping command without specifying an IP IPv6 address Extended Ping you are prompted for a target IP IPv6 address a repeat count a datagram size up to 1500 bytes a timeout in seconds and for Extended Commands For information on the IC...

Page 123: ...Operating System OS S4810 Syntax reload conditional nvram cfg change Parameters conditional nvram cfg change Reload if the condition is true A configuration change to the nvram requires a switch reload To reload the switch select nvram cfg change Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Net...

Page 124: ...minal line users S4810 Syntax send line console vty Parameters Enter the asterisk character to send a message to all tty lines line Send a message to a specific line The range is from 0 to 11 console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide...

Page 125: ... log datetime localtime msec show timezone uptime To disable timestamping use the no service timestamps debug log command Parameters debug OPTIONAL Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6 datetime OPTIONAL Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the messa...

Page 126: ...eries Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running configuration To view the current options set for the service timestamps command use the show running config command show alarms View alarms currently active in the system S4810 Syntax...

Page 127: ...rms Alarm Type Duration RPM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 1 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 2 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 3 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 4 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 5 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 6 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 37 min SFM 7 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr 36 min stack unit 1 PEM A failed...

Page 128: ...For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduce...

Page 129: ...oup abc in by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI no shutdown by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI interface gigabitethernet 0 2 by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI no ip address by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI shutdown by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI interface gigabitethernet 0 3 by default from console 11 20 15 47 23 CMD CLI ip address 5...

Page 130: ...tion about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 2 1 0 ...

Page 131: ...tatistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic sorted based on the traffic cp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the specified CPU Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networ...

Page 132: ...n GigabitEthernet 8 2 Total packets 100 LLC 0 SNAP 0 IP 100 ARP 0 other 0 Unicast 100 Multicast 0 Broadcast 0 Processor RP1 Received 62 traffic on GigabitEthernet 8 2 Total packets 500 LLC 0 SNAP 0 IP 500 ARP 0 other 0 Unicast 500 Multicast 0 Broadcast 0 Received 37 traffic on GigabitEthernet 8 1 Total packets 300 LLC 0 SNAP 0 IP 300 ARP 0 other 0 Unicast 300 Multicast 0 Broadcast 0 Processor RP2 ...

Page 133: ... 21 ICMP packet debugging is on for GigabitEthernet 5 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Dell show environment View S Series and Z Series system component status for example temperature or voltage S4810 Syntax show environment all fan stack unit unit id pem Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans The output of this command is chassis...

Page 134: ... the S Series is changed to display fan speeds instead of showing the fan status as up or down Usage Information The following example shows the output of the show environment fan command Example all Dell show environment Fan Status Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed 0 0 up up 6971 up 7072 0 1 up up 6971 up 7021 0 2 up up 7021 up 7021 Speed in RPM Power Supplies Unit Bay Status Type FanStat...

Page 135: ...ries or Z Series switch type components including media and Dell Networking Operating System OS including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols S4810 Syntax show inventory media slot Parameters media slot OPTIONAL Enter the keyword media then the stack ID of the stack member for which you want to display pluggable media inventory NOTE This parameter is available but not supporte...

Page 136: ...e Information If there are no fiber ports in the unit just the header under show inventory media displays If there are fiber ports but no optics inserted the output displays Media not present or accessible Example S6000 Dell show inventory System Type S6000 System Mode 1 0 Software Version 9 4 0 168 Unit Type Serial Number Part Number Rev Piece Part ID Rev Svc Tag Exprs Svc Code 0 S6000 01 FE 32T ...

Page 137: ...ces transceiver displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver The output also displays the transceiver s serial number show memory View current memory usage on the switch S4810 Syntax show memory stack unit id Parameters stack unit id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword stack unit then the stack unit ID of the S Series stack member to display memory information on the desi...

Page 138: ...nit 0 Processor Total b Used b Free b Lowest b Largest b 2147483648 4322398 2143161250 2142548382 2143161250 Dell show processes cpu Display CPU usage information based on processes running S4810 Syntax show processes cpu management unit 1 99 details stack unit id summary stack unit id Parameters management unit 1 99 details OPTIONAL Display processes running in the control processor The 1 99 vari...

Page 139: ... Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Added the keywords management unit details Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Example Dell show processes cpu management unit Management Unit stack unit Unit Number summary Summary of CPU utilization Pipe through a command Dell show processes cpu summary CPU utilizatio...

Page 140: ... a command Dell show processes cpu management unit details CPUID 5sec 1min 5min CORE 0 11 73 10 79 12 82 CORE 2 11 73 12 05 14 31 Overall 11 73 11 42 13 56 PID Runtime ms Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process Process system PID 0 CPU usage 5sec 13 12 1min 13 37 5min 12 94 CoreID 3 Process sysdlp PID 428 CPU usage 5sec 3 78 1min 2 56 5min 3 40 CoreID 0 Process sysd PID 410 CPU usage 5sec 1 59 1m...

Page 141: ... 0 sysd 0x000003a5 860 86 10000 0 40 0 22 0 28 0 clish 0x000001ad 520 52 10000 0 20 0 30 0 16 0 lacp 0x000004ba 330 33 10000 0 20 0 36 0 09 0 clish 0x000000c9 1240 124 10000 0 20 0 15 0 44 0 nvmgr 0x000000e0 530 53 10000 0 20 0 12 0 16 0 igmp 0x00000132 420 42 10000 0 20 0 10 0 13 0 vrrp 0x0000028d 410 41 10000 0 20 0 05 0 12 0 ovsdbsvr 0x000000a9 200 20 10000 0 20 0 03 0 06 0 arpm 0x00000253 100 ...

Page 142: ...ics S4810 Syntax show processes ipc flow control cp Parameters cp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword cp to view the control processor s SWPQ statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networki...

Page 143: ...ed Important Points The SWP provides flow control based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement If no response is received within a defined period of time the SWP timeout mechanism resubmits the message at the head of the FIFO queue After retrying a defined num...

Page 144: ...summary for a brief summary of memory availability and usage on all stack members Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S60...

Page 145: ...an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on S Series CP For the S Series the output of the show memory command and this command differ based on which FTOS processes are counted In the show memory output the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes In the output of this command the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes plus the size of the sy...

Page 146: ... 0 528 528 281 lacp 4673536 266240 221060 0 221060 221060 277 ipm1 4837376 380928 83788 0 83788 83788 273 acl 5005312 512000 239564 149076 123616 90488 272 topoDPC 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 271 bcmNHOP 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 270 bcmDISC 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 269 bcmATP RX 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 268 bcmATP TX 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 267 bcmSTACK 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 266 bcmRX 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 265 bcmLINK 0 1179279...

Page 147: ...sion 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced for the C Series and S Series Example Dell show software ifm clients summary ClntType Inst svcMask subSvcMask tlvSvcMask tlvSubSvc swp IPM 0 0x0...

Page 148: ...0 is from 0 to 11 stack ports status topology OPTIONAL Enter the keywords stack ports for information about the status or topology of the S4810 stack ports NOTE This option applies to the S4810 or S4820T system only Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Re...

Page 149: ...ts in stack unit 0 Disabled 52 56 60 Example show system brief Dell show system brief Stack MAC 90 b1 1c f4 9b 79 Reload Type normal reload Next boot normal reload Stack Info Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports 0 Management online S6000 S6000 9 4 0 168 128 1 Member not present 2 Member not present 3 Member not present 4 Member not present 5 Member not present Power Supplies Unit Bay S...

Page 150: ...pplies Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed rpm 0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6600 Fan Status Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed 0 0 up up 7072 up 7021 0 1 up up 7021 up 7123 0 2 up up 7072 up 7021 Speed in RPM Unit 1 Unit Type Member Unit Status not present Unit 2 Unit Type Member Unit Status not present Unit 3 Unit Type Member Unit Status not present Unit 4 Unit Type Member Unit...

Page 151: ...vision A00 Service Tag 24N1VS1 Expr Svc Code 463 414 838 5 Auto Reboot disabled Burned In MAC 90 b1 1c f4 9b 79 No Of MACs 3 Power Supplies Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed rpm 0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6600 Fan Status Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed 0 0 up up 6971 up 7021 0 1 up up 7021 up 7021 0 2 up up 7021 up 7021 Speed in RPM Related Commands show version displays ...

Page 152: ...h Save to local flash drive flash filename A maximum of 20 characters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 ...

Page 153: ...rt page Page through output stack unit Unit Number Pipe through a command cr Dell show tech support stack unit 1 Pipe through a command cr Dell show tech support stack unit 1 except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep Show only text that matches a pattern no more Don t paginate output save Save output to a file Dell show tech support ...

Page 154: ... configuration change at Tue Mar 25 17 43 06 2014 by admin boot system stack unit 0 primary tftp 10 16 127 146 s6000 boot system stack unit 0 secondary system B boot system stack unit 0 default system A redundancy auto synchronize full redundancy disable auto reboot stack unit redundancy disable auto reboot stack unit 0 redundancy disable auto reboot stack unit 1 redundancy disable auto reboot sta...

Page 155: ... Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the S Series telnet Connect through Telnet to a server The Telnet client and server in Dell Networking support IPv4 and IPv6 connections You can establish a ...

Page 156: ... keyword loopback then a number from zero 0 to 16383 For the Null interface enter the keyword null then 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For Tunnel interface types enter the keyword tunnel then the slot port information The range is from 1 to 16383 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the...

Page 157: ...eries Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E Series only Example Dell conf do telnet vrf vrf1 10 10 10 2 telnet peer stack unit Open a Telnet connection to the peer stack unit S4810 Syntax telnet peer stack unit Defaults Not configured Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about othe...

Page 158: ...ommand History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on t...

Page 159: ...ommand History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on t...

Page 160: ...bort Tracing the route to www Dell Networking com 10 11 84 18 30 hops max 40 byte packets TTL Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 10 11 199 190 001 000 ms 001 000 ms 002 000 ms 2 gwegress sjc 02 Dell Networking com 10 11 30 126 005 000 ms 001 000 ms 001 000 ms 3 fw sjc 01 Dell Networking com 10 11 127 254 000 000 ms 000 000 ms 000 000 ms 4 www Dell Networking com 10 11 84 18 000 000 ms 000 000 ms 000 ...

Page 161: ...ion 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command virtual ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interfac...

Page 162: ...rsion 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original command Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously but only one of each Each time this command is issued it replaces the ...

Page 163: ...ing OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series Original ...

Page 164: ...164 ...

Page 165: ... refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series ccm transmit interval Configure the transmit interval mandatory The interval spe...

Page 166: ...d on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series clear ethernet cfm traceroute cache Delete all link trace cache entries S4810 Syntax clear ethernet cfm traceroute cache Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Comman...

Page 167: ...working OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series disable Disable Ethernet CFM without stopping the CFM process S4810 Syntax disable Defaults Disabled Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform specific For command in...

Page 168: ...ide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series ethernet c...

Page 169: ... or down facing Up MEP monitors the forwarding path internal to a bridge on the customer or provider edge on Dell Networking systems the internal forwarding path is effectively the switch fabric and forwarding engine Down MEP monitors the forwarding path external to another bridge domain name level Enter the keyword domain and then enter the domain name or domain level ma name name Enter the keywo...

Page 170: ... or domain level ma name name Enter the keyword ma name then the name of the maintenance association Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19...

Page 171: ...19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series mep cross check enable Enable cross checking S4810 Syntax mep cross check enable port vlan id Parameters port Down service with no VLAN association vlan id Enter the VLAN to apply the cross check Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command Hi...

Page 172: ...arameters start delay number Enter a start delay in seconds The range is from 3 to 100 seconds Defaults 3 ccms Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 ...

Page 173: ...MEP ID that originates the ping port interface Enter the keyword port and then enter the interface that originates the ping Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for...

Page 174: ...T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Example Dell show ethernet cfm domain Domain Name customer Level 7 Total Service 1 Services MA Name VLAN CC Int X CHK Status My_MA 200 10s enabled Domain Name My_Domain Level 6 Total Service 1 Services MA Name VLAN CC Int X CHK Status Your_MA 100 10s enabled show ethernet cfm maintenance points local Display confi...

Page 175: ...ervice1 4 MIP Gi 0 5 Disabled My_MA 3333 DOWN 00 01 e8 0b c6 36 0 service1 4 MIP Gi 0 5 Disabled Your_MA 3333 UP 00 01 e8 0b c6 36 show ethernet cfm maintenance points remote Display the MEP Database S4810 Syntax show ethernet cfm maintenance points remote detail active domain level name expired waiting Parameters active Enter the keyword active to display only the MEPs in active state domain name...

Page 176: ...Name cfm0 MA Name test0 Level 7 VLAN 10 MP ID 900 Sender Chassis ID Force10 MEP Interface status Up MEP Port status Forwarding Receive RDI FALSE MP Status Active show ethernet cfm mipbd Display the MIP database S4810 Syntax show ethernet cfm mipdb Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the re...

Page 177: ...ivilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Example Dell show et...

Page 178: ...ant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Example Dell show ethernet cfm port statistics interface gigabitethernet 0 5 Port statistics for port Gi 0 5 RX Statistics Total CFM Pkts 75...

Page 179: ...820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Example Dell show ethernet cfm traceroute cache Traceroute to 00 01 e8 52 4a f8 on Domain Customer2 Level 7 MA name Test2 with VLAN 2 Hops Host IngressMAC Ingr Action Relay Action Next Host Egress MAC Egress Action FWD Status 4 00 00 00 01 e8 53 4a f8 00 01 e8 52 4a f8 IngOK RlyHit 00 00 00 01 e8 52 4a f8 Termi...

Page 180: ...te cache hold time Set the amount of time a trace result is cached S4810 Syntax traceroute cache hold time minutes Parameters minutes Enter a hold time The range is from 10 to 65535 minutes Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guid...

Page 181: ... Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series traceroute ethernet Send a linktrace message to an MEP S4810 Syntax traceroute ethernet domain name level ma name remote mep id mep id mac addr mac address Parameters domain name level E...

Page 182: ...rms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the S Series 182 802 1ag ...

Page 183: ...rization the port configures in its access VLAN after successful authentication If you enable 802 1X authorization but the VLAN information from the RADIUS server is not valid the port returns to the Unauthorized state and remains in the configured access VLAN This safeguard prevents ports from appearing unexpectedly in an inappropriate VLAN due to a configuration error Configuration errors create...

Page 184: ...ory This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Ve...

Page 185: ...ced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Usage Information If the host responds to 802 1X with an incorrect login password the login fails The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached If the authent...

Page 186: ...ersion 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series dot1x auth type mab only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass MAB only use the host MAC address S4810 Syntax dot1x auth type mab only Defaults Disabled Command...

Page 187: ...n though 802 1xauthentication is enabled If the MAB only authentication fails the host is placed in the guest VLAN if configured To disable MAB only authentication on a port enter the no dot1x auth type mab only command Related Commands dot1x mac auth bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass dot1x authentication Configuration Enable dot1x globally Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface lev...

Page 188: ...810 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface use the no dot1x authentication command Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Versio...

Page 189: ...owing is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series and S Series Usage Information 1X authentication is enabled when an i...

Page 190: ...uth max Configure the maximum number of times to re authenticate a port before it becomes unauthorized dot1x host mode Enable single host or multi host authentication S4810 Syntax dot1x host mode single host multi host multi auth Parameters single host Enable single host authentication multi host Enable multi host authentication multi auth Enable multi supplicant authentication Defaults single hos...

Page 191: ...n interface dot1x mac auth bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass If 802 1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame Dell Networking OS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address S4810 Syntax dot1x mac auth bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port use the no dot1x mac auth bypass command Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command...

Page 192: ...transmitted before a session time out The range is from 1 to 10 The default is 2 Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S60...

Page 193: ...his guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version...

Page 194: ... command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The authenticator completes authentication only when port control is s...

Page 195: ... on the E Series dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client S4810 Syntax dot1x reauthentication interval seconds To disable periodic reauthentication use the no dot1x reauthentication command Parameters interval seconds Optional Enter the keyword interval then the interval time in seconds after which reauthentication is initiated The range is from 1 to 31536000 one year ...

Page 196: ...e no dot1x reauth max command Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re authentications The range is from 1 to 10 The default is 2 Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version his...

Page 197: ...etworking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information When you configure the dot1x serv...

Page 198: ...timeout command Parameters seconds Enter a time out value in seconds The range is from 1 to 300 where 300 is implementation dependant The default is 30 Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Netw...

Page 199: ... following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series show dot1x cos ma...

Page 200: ... Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Usage Information Enter a supplicant s MAC address using the mac address option to display C...

Page 201: ... keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot port information For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information mac address Optional MAC address of a supplicant Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform specific Fo...

Page 202: ...s Enable Port Control AUTO Port Auth Status UNAUTHORIZED Re Authentication Disable Untagged VLAN id None Guest VLAN Enable Guest VLAN id 10 Auth Fail VLAN Enable Auth Fail VLAN id 11 Auth Fail Max Attempts 3 Tx Period 30 seconds Quiet Period 60 seconds ReAuth Max 2 Supplicant Timeout 30 seconds Server Timeout 30 seconds Re Auth Interval 3600 seconds Max EAP Req 2 Auth Type SINGLE_HOST Auth PAE Sta...

Page 203: ...mpts NONE Mac Auth Bypass Disable Mac Auth Bypass Only Disable Tx Period 30 seconds Quiet Period 60 seconds ReAuth Max 3 Supplicant Timeout 30 seconds Server Timeout 30 seconds Re Auth Interval 60 seconds Max EAP Req 2 Host Mode MULTI_AUTH Max Supplicants 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant 00 00 00 00 00 10 Port Auth Status AUTHORIZED Untagged VLAN id 400 Auth PAE State Authenticated Ba...

Page 204: ...204 ...

Page 205: ...use the Trace function refer to the Trace List Commands section in the Security chapter NOTE For IPv6 ACL commands refer to IPv6 Access Control Lists IPv6 ACLs Commands Common to all ACL Types The following commands are available within each ACL mode and do not have mode specific options Some commands in this chapter may use similar names but require different options to support the different ACL ...

Page 206: ... on the C Series pre Version 6 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The remark command is available in each ACL mode You can configure up to 4294967290 remarks in a given ACL The following example shows the use of the remark command twice within CONFIGURATION STANDARD ACCESS LIST mode The same sequence number was used for the remark and for an associated ACL rule The remark precedes ...

Page 207: ... 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell config ext nacl show conf ip access list extended patches Dell config ext nacl Common ...

Page 208: ...e The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names were ...

Page 209: ...cters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names were up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series ip access group Assign an IP access list IP ACL to an interface S4810 Syntax ip access group access list name in out implicit permit vlan vlan id vrf vrf name To delete an IP access group configuration use th...

Page 210: ...ll Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names w...

Page 211: ... 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 show ip accounting access list Display the IP access lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters S4810 Syntax show ip accounting access list access list name cam_count interface interface vrf vrf name Parameters access list name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed cam_coun...

Page 212: ...ory for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for the 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 ...

Page 213: ... the one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan followed by the slot port number For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by a number For the C Series and S Series the range is 1 to 128 For the E Se...

Page 214: ...10 permit 20 1 2 0 24 Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit The S4810 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs NOTE Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections deny To drop packets with a certain IP address configure a filter S4810 Syntax deny source ...

Page 215: ... and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address only Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION STANDARD ACCESS LIST Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0...

Page 216: ...s access list name Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the ACL name Defaults All IP access lists contain an implicit deny any that is if no match occurs the packet is dropped Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list o...

Page 217: ...cific source IP address to leave the switch configure a filter S4810 Syntax permit source mask any host ip address To remove this filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no permit source mask any host ip address command Parameters source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was...

Page 218: ...istory for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching Version 8 2 1 0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP Layer 3 ACLs Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on th...

Page 219: ...mand History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the...

Page 220: ...k from which the packet was received mask OPTIONAL Enter a network mask in prefix format x or A B C D The mask when specified in A B C D format may be either contiguous or non contiguous any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter host ip address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword c...

Page 221: ...5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Added support for the non contiguous mask and added the monitor option Version 6 5 10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only The following applies The seq sequence number command is applicable only in an ACL group The order opt...

Page 222: ...er Use the no deny ip ip protocol number source mask any host ip address destination mask any host ip address command Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list The keyword ip specifies that the access list denies all IP protocols ip protocol number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header source Enter the IP addr...

Page 223: ...g chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION EXTENDED ACCESS LIST Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of th...

Page 224: ...e configured simultaneously byte counters may display an incorrect value Configure packet counters with logging instead Related Commands deny tcp assigns a filter to deny TCP packets deny udp assigns a filter to deny UDP packets ip access list extended creates an extended ACL deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol ICMP messages configure a filter S4810 Syntax deny icmp...

Page 225: ...ty If you did not use the keyword order the ACLs have the lowest order by default 255 monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface For more information refer to the section Flow based Monitoring in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS ...

Page 226: ...hat rate the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets details deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol TCP packets meeting the filter criteria S4810 Syntax deny tcp source mask any host ip address bit operator port port destination mask any host ip address dscp bit operator port port count byte log order monitor fragments To remove this filter you have two choi...

Page 227: ...rand The range is from 0 to 65535 The following list includes some common TCP port numbers 23 Telnet 20 and 21 FTP 25 SMTP 169 SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent mask Enter a network mask in prefix format x or A B C D The mask when specified in A B C D format may be either contiguous or non contiguous count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to...

Page 228: ...st of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Added the keyword dscp Version 8 2 1 0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP Layer 3 ACLs Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version...

Page 229: ... uses eight entries in the CAM Rule Data Mask From To Covered 1 0000111110100000 1111111111100000 4000 4031 32 2 0000111111000000 1111111111000000 4032 4095 64 3 0001000000000000 1111100000000000 4096 6143 2048 4 0001100000000000 1111110000000000 6144 7167 1024 5 0001110000000000 1111111000000000 7168 7679 512 6 0001111000000000 1111111100000000 7680 7935 256 7 0001111100000000 1111111111000000 79...

Page 230: ... is from 0 to 63 operator OPTIONAL Enter one of the following logical operand eq equal to neq not equal to gt greater than lt less than range inclusive range of ports you must specify two ports for the port command port port Enter the application layer port number Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand The range is from 0 to 65535 destination Enter the IP address of the network ...

Page 231: ... information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Added the keyword dscp Version 8 ...

Page 232: ...ce required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000 8000 uses eight entries in the CAM Rule Data Mask From To Covered 1 0000111110100000 1111111111100000 4000 4031 32 2 0000111111000000 1111111111000000 4032 4095 64 3 0001000000000000 1111100000000000 4096 6143 2048 4 0001100000000000 1111110000000000 6144 7167 1024 5 00011100000000...

Page 233: ...sion 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 10 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names were up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Info...

Page 234: ...word any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter host ip address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter bytes OPTIONAL Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the f...

Page 235: ... 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Added support for the non contiguous mask and added the monitor option Version 6 5 10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only For more information refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guid...

Page 236: ...t ip address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address bit Enter a flag or combination of bits ack acknowledgement field fin finish no more data from the user psh push function rst reset the connection syn synchronize sequence numbers urg urgent field dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value The range is from 0 to 63 operator OPTIONAL Enter...

Page 237: ...rd order the ACLs have the lowest order by default 255 monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface NOTE For more information refer to the Flow based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide fragme...

Page 238: ...the log entry and at what rate the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets details The S Series cannot count both packets and bytes when you enter the count byte options only bytes are incremented The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow based monitoring only For more information refer to Port Monitoring Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM However rules with TCP and ...

Page 239: ...ices Use the no seq sequence number command if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no permit udp source mask any host ip address destination mask any host ip address command Parameters source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent mask Enter a network mask in prefix format x or A B C D The mask when specified in A B C D format may be either contiguou...

Page 240: ...iority If you do not use the keyword order the ACLs have the lowest order by default 255 monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface NOTE For more information refer to the Flow based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networ...

Page 241: ...may become busy as it has to log these packets details The S Series cannot count both packets and bytes when you enter the count byte options only bytes are incremented The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow based monitoring only For more information refer to Port Monitoring Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM However rules with TCP and UDP port operators for example gt lt o...

Page 242: ... of a configured IP access list up to 140 characters StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence The range is from 0 to 4294967290 Step to Increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number The range is from 1 to 4294967290 Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer ...

Page 243: ...n permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria ip protocol number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to filter based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list The keyword ip specifies that the access list permits al...

Page 244: ...the filter processes log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log Supported on Jumbo enabled line cards only dscp OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values order OPTIONAL Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry The range is from 0 to 254 where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest lower order numbers hav...

Page 245: ...s Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Added support for the non contiguous mask and added the monitor option Deprecated the keyword established Version 6 5 10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry Usage Information The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow based monitoring only For more information refer to Port Monitoring The orde...

Page 246: ...t have mode specific options These commands allow you to clear display and assign MAC ACL configurations The S4810 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs The MAC ACL can be applied on Physical Port channel and VLAN interfaces As per the specified rules in the acl the traffic on the interface VLAN members or Port channel members will be permitted or denied clear counters mac access group Clear c...

Page 247: ...llowing manner S4810 Syntax Applying MAC Access group on a physical port channel interfacemac access group access list name in vlan vlan range out To delete a MAC access group use the no mac access group mac list name command Parameters access list name Enter the name of a configured MAC access list up to 140 characters vlan vlan range OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLAN...

Page 248: ...ll Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased the name string to accept up t...

Page 249: ...eyword TenGigabitEthernet and then enter the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE and then enter the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by the vlan id in out Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command inform...

Page 250: ... port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by the vlan id in out Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS v...

Page 251: ...0 00 00 00 00 19 count 57589834 packets seq 10 deny host 00 00 00 00 00 21 host 00 00 00 00 00 29 count 393143077 packets seq 15 deny host 00 00 00 00 00 31 host 00 00 00 00 00 39 count 0 packets seq 20 deny host 00 00 00 00 00 41 host 00 00 00 00 00 49 count 0 packets seq 25 permit any any count 0 packets Dell Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and t...

Page 252: ...c that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface For more information refer to the Flow based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Defaults Not enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION MAC ACCESS LIST STANDARD Command History This guide is platform specific For command information a...

Page 253: ...ds section S4810 Syntax mac access list standard mac list name To delete a MAC access list use the no mac access list standard mac list name command Parameters mac list name Enter a text string as the name of the standard MAC access list 140 character maximum Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other plat...

Page 254: ...ow Standard ACL configuration permit To forward packets from a specific source MAC address configure a filter S4810 Syntax permit any mac source address mac source address mask count byte log monitor To remove this filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no permit any mac source address mac source address mask command Para...

Page 255: ...r this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information When you use the lo...

Page 256: ...ecified a mask of 00 00 00 00 00 00 is applied in other words the filter allows only MAC addresses that match count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes byte OPTIONAL Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes log OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to log the packets monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing t...

Page 257: ... these packets details NOTE When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously byte counters may display an incorrect value Configure packet counters with logging instead Related Commands deny configures a filter to drop packets permit configures a filter to forward packets Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface ACL ...

Page 258: ...es that match exactly mac destination address Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn nn nn nn nn nn format mac destination address mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask therefore a mask of ff ff ff ff ff ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00 00 00 00 00 00 only allows entries that match exactly ethertype operator OPTIONA...

Page 259: ...ersion 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Added the monitor option pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information When you use the log option the CP processor logs detail the packets that match Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets details ...

Page 260: ... the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names were up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware dependent For detailed specifications on entries a...

Page 261: ...c source address mask any host mac address mac destination address mac destination address mask ethertype operator count byte log monitor To remove this filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no permit any host mac address mac source address mac source address mask any mac destination address mac destination address mask ...

Page 262: ...og OPTIONAL E Series only Enter the keyword log to log the packets monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface NOTE For more information refer to the Flow based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration ...

Page 263: ...ecified sequence number IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access list without any rule and then apply it to an interface the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit To configure or enable IP prefix lists use these commands clear ip prefix list Reset the number of times traffic mets the conditions hit counters of the configured prefix lists S4810 Syntax clear ip prefix list prefix name Param...

Page 264: ...ix ge min prefix length le max prefix length To delete a drop filter use the no deny ip prefix command Parameters ip prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network length format For example 35 0 0 0 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35 0 0 0 ge min prefix length OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length which is a number from zero 0 to 32 le max prefix length OPTIO...

Page 265: ... LIST mode and configure a prefix list S4810 Syntax ip prefix list prefix name To delete a prefix list use the no ip prefix list prefix name command Parameters prefix name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list up to 140 characters long Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to ...

Page 266: ...gth bitmask number To delete a specific filter use the no seq sequence number deny permit any ip prefix ge min prefix length le max prefix length bitmask number Parameters sequence number Enter a number The range is from 1 to 4294967294 deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets m...

Page 267: ...ed on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Added the bit mask option Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered show config Display the current PREFIX LIST configurations S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX LIST Command History T...

Page 268: ...s Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the ...

Page 269: ...x list summary prefix name Parameters prefix name OPTIONAL Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list up to 140 characters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for t...

Page 270: ...reate an access list without any rule and then applied to an interface the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria use the following commands continue To a route map entry with a higher sequence number configure a route map S4810 Syntax continue sequence number Parameters sequence number OPTIONAL Enter the route map sequence number The range ...

Page 271: ...ontinue clause launches only after a successful match The behavior is A successful match with a continue clause the route map executes the set clauses and then goes to the specified route map entry upon execution of the continue clause If the next route map entry contains a continue clause the route map executes the continue clause if a successful match occurs If the next route map entry does not ...

Page 272: ...Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale pre Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced Related Commands route map enables a route map match as path To match routes that have a certain AS nu...

Page 273: ... to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands set as path adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path configure a filter S4810 Syntax...

Page 274: ... a COMMUNITY attribute match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified configure a filter S4810 Syntax match interface interface To remove a match use the no match interface interface command Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For the loopback interface enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero 0 to 16383 For ...

Page 275: ... 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands match ip address redistributes routes that match an IP address match ip next hop redistributes routes that match the next hop IP address match ip route source redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers match metric redistributes routes tha...

Page 276: ... 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands match interface redistributes routes that match the next hop interface match ip next...

Page 277: ...e Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Versio...

Page 278: ...or command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Ser...

Page 279: ...c For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E ...

Page 280: ...yword igp to match routes originating within the same AS incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTE MAP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Net...

Page 281: ...l to match only on routes generated within the switch Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTE MAP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3...

Page 282: ...guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1...

Page 283: ...ot specify a keyword the default is permit deny OPTIONAL Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny sequence number OPTIONAL Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map The range is from 1 to 65535 Defaults Not configured If you do not define a keyw...

Page 284: ...ig displays the current configuration set as path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol BGP routes configure a filter S4810 Syntax set as path prepend as number as number To remove an AS Path setting use the no set as path prepend as number tag command Parameters prepend as number Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path informati...

Page 285: ...list show ip community lists displays configured IP Community access lists set automatic tag To automatically compute the tag value of the route configure a filter S4810 Syntax set automatic tag To return to the default enter no set automatic tag Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTE MAP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to th...

Page 286: ...t comm list community list name delete command Parameters community list name Enter the name of an established Community list up to 140 characters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTE MAP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Netwo...

Page 287: ...ute set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute S4810 Syntax set community community number local as no advertise no export none additive To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment use the no set community community number local as no advertise no export none command Parameters community number Enter the community number in AA NN format where AA is the AS number 2 bytes and NN...

Page 288: ...efer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the...

Page 289: ...2 to redistribute matched routes to IS IS Level 2 stub area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTE MAP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Dell Networking OS Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Network...

Page 290: ...Modes ROUTE MAP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 ...

Page 291: ...ecific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on t...

Page 292: ...t configured Command Modes ROUTE MAP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the...

Page 293: ...ll Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Us...

Page 294: ...uide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 ...

Page 295: ...Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands set automatic tag computes the tag value of the route set level specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution set metric specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes set metric type specifies the route type assigned to redistributed...

Page 296: ...oduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information If you do not use the set weight command router originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero show config Display the cur...

Page 297: ...PTIONAL Enter the name of a configured route map up to 140 characters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8...

Page 298: ...th name Parameters as path name Enter the access list name up to 140 characters Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Intr...

Page 299: ... EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8...

Page 300: ...eference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long pr...

Page 301: ...rior to 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show ip community lists ip community list standard 1 deny 701 20 deny 702 20 deny 703 20 deny 704 20 deny 705 20 deny 14551 20 deny 701 112 deny 702 112 deny 703 112 deny 704 112 deny 705 112 deny 14551 112 deny 701 666 deny 702 666 deny 703 666 deny 704 666 deny 705 666 deny 14551 666 De...

Page 302: ...and Modes CONFIGURATION STANDARD ACCESS LIST Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for flow based monitoring on the S4810 S4820T S6000 and Z9000 platforms Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded generation of logs is stopped When the interval at which ACL logs are configure...

Page 303: ... address count byte dscp value order monitor fragments log interval minutes threshold in msgs count monitor To remove this filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no deny ip ip protocol number source mask any host ip address destination mask any host ip address command Parameters log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to enabl...

Page 304: ...nded IPv4 ACLs IPv6 ACLs and MAC ACLs You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces You can activate flow based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow based enable command in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic with particular flows that a...

Page 305: ...erface Defaults By default 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes By default flow based monitoring is not enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION STANDARD ACCESS LIST Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for flow based monitoring on the S4810 S4820T S6000 and Z9000 platforms Version 9 3 0 0...

Page 306: ...protocol TCP packets meeting the filter criteria Syntax deny tcp source mask any host ip address bit operator port port destination mask any host ip address dscp bit operator port port count byte order fragments log interval minutes threshold in msgs count monitor To remove this filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no d...

Page 307: ...t are applied to ingress interfaces you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces You can activate flow based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow based enable command in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and appropriate...

Page 308: ... explicitly The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION EXTENDED ACCESS LIST Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded generation of logs is stopped When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded...

Page 309: ...eshold range is from 1 to 100 interval minutes OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface D...

Page 310: ...echanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards mirrors them to another port The source port is the monitored port MD and the destination port is the monitoring port MG deny icmp for Extended IP ACLs To drop all or specific internet control message protocol ICMP messages configure a filter NOTE Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9 3 0 0 and Releas...

Page 311: ...ly because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled for this new interval If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled after the logging interval period elapses ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs IPv6 ACLs and MAC ACLs You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces you cannot enable...

Page 312: ...ated with the seq permit or deny commands The threshold range is from 1 to 100 interval minutes OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating...

Page 313: ... and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic You may specify traffic using standard or extended access lists This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards mirrors them to another port The source port is the monitored port MD and the destination port is the monitoring port MG deny for Standard MAC ACLs To drop packets with a the MAC address specified configure a filter ...

Page 314: ... it is re enabled after the logging interval period elapses ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs IPv6 ACLs and MAC ACLs You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces You can activate flow based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow based enabl...

Page 315: ...e threshold range is from 1 to 100 interval minutes OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interf...

Page 316: ...r 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic You may specify traffic using standard or extended access lists This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards mirrors them to another port The source port is the monitored port MD and the destination port is the monitoring port MG Related Commands permit configures a MAC address filter to pass packets seq configures a MAC...

Page 317: ...nabled for this new interval If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled after the logging interval period elapses ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs IPv6 ACLs and MAC ACLs You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfac...

Page 318: ...PTIONAL Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface Defaults By default 10 ACL logs are generated if you d...

Page 319: ...MG permit ether type for Extended MAC ACLs Configure a filter that allows traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets This command is supported only on 12 port GE line cards with SFP optics For specifications refer to your line card documentation Syntax permit ether type protocol type number destination mac address mac address mask any vlan vlan id source mac address mac address mask any coun...

Page 320: ... configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces You can activate flow based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow based enable command in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress ...

Page 321: ...toring is not enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION STANDARD ACCESS LIST Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for flow based monitoring on the S4810 S4820T S6000 and Z9000 platforms Version 9 3 0 0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded generation of logs is stopped When the interval at wh...

Page 322: ...have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no permit udp source mask any host ip address destination mask any host ip address command Parameters log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages threshold in msgs count OPTIONAL Enter the threshold in msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum ...

Page 323: ... entering the flow based enable command in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction Flow based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface Th...

Page 324: ...ow based monitoring is not enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION EXTENDED ACCESS LIST Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Added the support for flow based monitoring on the S4810 S4820T S6000 and Z9000 platforms Version 9 3 0 0 Added the support for logging of ACLs on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded generation of logs is stopped Wh...

Page 325: ...rom a specific source MAC address configure a filter Syntax permit any mac source address mac source address mask count byte log interval minutes threshold in msgs count monitor To remove this filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no permit any mac source address mac source address mask command Parameters log OPTIONAL En...

Page 326: ...gress interfaces You can activate flow based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow based enable command in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction Flow based monitoring conserves ban...

Page 327: ... exceeded generation of logs is stopped When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires the subsequent fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled for this new interval If ACL logging is stopped because the configured thres...

Page 328: ...NAL Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages threshold in msgs count OPTIONAL Enter the threshold in msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq permit or deny commands The threshold range is from 1 to 100 interval minutes OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ...

Page 329: ...re examined and appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction Flow based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic You may specify traffic using standard or extended access...

Page 330: ...SS LIST Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810 S4820T Z9000 and MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module platforms Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for flow based monitoring on the S4810 S4820T S6000 Z9000 and MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module platforms Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded generation of logs is stopped When the interval at which...

Page 331: ...f this command discussed earlier in this guide Syntax seq sequence number deny permit ether type protocol type number destination mac address mac address mask any vlan vlan id source mac address mac address mask any count byte order log interval minutes threshold in msgs count monitor To remove this filter use the no seq sequence number command Parameters log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to enab...

Page 332: ...vate flow based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow based enable command in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction Flow based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only spe...

Page 333: ...ubsequent fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled for this new interval If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled after the logging interval period elapses ACL logging is supported for standard and e...

Page 334: ...ted exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminate with the seq permit or deny commands The threshold range is from 1 to 100 interval minutes OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you wan...

Page 335: ...onitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic You may specify traffic using standard or extended access lists This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards mirrors them to another port The source port is ...

Page 336: ...iously because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled for this new interval If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled after the logging interval period elapses ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs IPv6 ACLs and MAC ACLs You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces you cannot en...

Page 337: ...d by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes monitor OPTIONAL Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface Defaults By default 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly The...

Page 338: ...and forwards mirrors them to another port The source port is the monitored port MD and the destination port is the monitoring port MG Related Commands permit assigns a permit filter for IP packets permit icmp for IPv6 ACLs To allow all or specific internet control message protocol ICMP messages configure a filter Syntax permit icmp source address mask any host ipv6 address destination address any ...

Page 339: ...ported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs IPv6 ACLs and MAC ACLs You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces You can activate flow based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering theflow based enable command in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic w...

Page 340: ...lt flow based monitoring is not enabled Command Modes ACCESS LIST Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for flow based monitoring on the S4810 S4820T S6000 and Z9000 platforms Version 9 3 0 0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded generation of logs is stopped When the interval at which A...

Page 341: ... the no seq sequence number command syntax if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no deny udp source address mask any host ipv6 address destination address any host ipv6 address command Parameters log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages threshold in msgs count OPTIONAL Enter the threshold in msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum ...

Page 342: ...or a monitoring session by entering the flow based enable command in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction Flow based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all t...

Page 343: ...based monitoring on the S4810 S4820T S6000 and Z9000 platforms Version 9 3 0 0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded generation of logs is stopped When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires the subsequent fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for tha...

Page 344: ...his filter you have two choices Use the no seq sequence number command syntax if you know the filter s sequence number Use the no deny icmp source address mask any host ipv6 address destination address any host ipv6 address command Parameters log OPTIONAL Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages threshold in msgs count OPTIONAL Enter the threshold in msgs keyword followed...

Page 345: ...mmand in the Monitor Session mode When you enable this capability traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction Flow based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface This feature is particularly useful ...

Page 346: ... at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires the subsequent fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled for this new interval If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded it is re enabled after the logging inter...

Page 347: ...one port and forwards mirrors them to another port The source port is the monitored port MD and the destination port is the monitoring port MG Access Control Lists ACL 347 ...

Page 348: ...348 ...

Page 349: ...Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information At a maximum there can be only 32 VLAN members in all ACL VLAN groups A VLAN can belong to only one group at any given time You can create an ACL VLAN group and attach the ACL with the VLAN members The optimization is applicable only when you create an ACL VLAN group If you apply an ACL separately on the VLAN inte...

Page 350: ...RATION conf acl vl grp Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information You can apply only an egress IP ACL on an ACL VLAN group show acl vlan group Display all the ACL VLAN groups or display a specific ACL VLAN group identified by name Syntax show acl vlan group group name detail Parameters group name Optional Display only the ACL VLAN group tha...

Page 351: ...ll The following sample output is displayed when using the show acl vlan group group name option NOTE The access list name is truncated Dell show acl vlan group TestGroupSeventeenTwenty Group Name Egress IP Acl Vlan Members TestGroupSeventeenTwenty SpecialAccessOnlyExperts 100 200 300 Dell The following sample output shows the line by line style display when using the show acl vlan group detail op...

Page 352: ...output fields of this show command Field Description Chassis Vlan Cam ACL Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations at a system wide global level Stack Unit number Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations for a particular stack unit Current Settings in block sizes Information about the number of FP blocks that are currently in us...

Page 353: ...By default 0 groups are allocated for the ACL in VCAP ACL VLAN groups or CAM optimization is not enabled by default and you need to allocate the slices for CAM optimization vlanopenflow 0 2 Allocate the number of FP blocks for VLAN open flow operations vlaniscsi 0 2 Allocate the number of FP blocks for VLAN iSCSI counters vlanaclopt 0 2 Allocate the number of FP blocks for the ACL VLAN optimizatio...

Page 354: ...ures at a point in time show cam usage View the amount of CAM space available used and remaining in each partition including IPv4Flow and Layer 2 ACL sub partitions Syntax show cam usage acl router switch Parameters acl OPTIONAL Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage router OPTIONAL Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage switch OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ...

Page 355: ... ACLs Example 1 Output of the show cam usage Command Dell show cam usage Linecard Portpipe CAM Partition Total CAM Used CAM Available CAM 1 0 IN L2 ACL 1008 320 688 IN L2 FIB 32768 1132 31636 IN L3 ACL 12288 2 12286 IN L3 FIB 262141 14 262127 IN L3 SysFlow 2878 45 2833 IN L3 TrcList 1024 0 1024 IN L3 McastFib 9215 0 9215 IN L3 Qos 8192 0 8192 IN L3 PBR 1024 0 1024 IN V6 ACL 0 0 0 IN V6 FIB 0 0 0 I...

Page 356: ...show cam usage router Linecard Portpipe CAM Partition Total CAM Used CAM Available CAM 11 0 IN L3 ACL 8192 3 8189 IN L3 FIB 196607 1 196606 IN L3 SysFlow 2878 0 2878 IN L3 TrcList 1024 0 1024 IN L3 McastFib 9215 0 9215 IN L3 Qos 8192 0 8192 IN L3 PBR 1024 0 1024 OUT L3 ACL 16384 0 16384 11 1 IN L3 ACL 8192 3 8189 IN L3 FIB 196607 1 196606 IN L3 SysFlow 2878 0 2878 IN L3 TrcList 1024 0 1024 IN L3 M...

Page 357: ...LAN group that is specified The maximum group name is 140 characters Default None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 S4820T Z9000 and MXL platforms Examples The following sample output shows the line by line style display when using the show running config acl vlan group option Note that no group or access list names are truncated Dell show ru...

Page 358: ...ion mode To avoid the problem of excessive consumption of CAM area you can configure ACL VLAN groups that combines all the VLANs that are applied with the same ACL in a single group A unique identifier for each of ACL attached to the VLAN is used as a handle or locator in the CAM area instead of the VLAN id This method of processing signficiantly reduces the number of entries in the CAM area and s...

Page 359: ... MXL platforms Usage Information The output for this command displays in a line by line format This allows the ACL VLAN Group names or the Access List Group Names to display in their entirety Examples The following sample output shows the line by line style display when using the show acl vlan group detail option Note that no group or access list names are truncated Dell show acl vlan group detail...

Page 360: ...ximum Default No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf acl vl grp Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 S4820T and Z9000 platforms Usage Information Enter a description for each ACL VLAN group that you create for effective and streamlined administrative and logging purposes 360 Access Control List ACL VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory CAM ...

Page 361: ...erval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role active passive Parameters interval milliseconds OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interval to specify non default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval The range is from 50 to 1000 The default is 100 min_rx milliseconds Enter the keyword min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system would like to receive control packets fr...

Page 362: ...or ISIS on the E Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced BFD for OSPF on the E Series Usage Information All neighbors inherit the timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command except in the following cases Timer values configured with the isis bfd all neighbors or ip ospf bfd all neighbors commands in INTERFACE mode override timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command Likewise using th...

Page 363: ...r command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on S4810 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the...

Page 364: ...uced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series bfd enable Interface Enable BFD on an interface S4810 Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Refere...

Page 365: ...he keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down The range is from 3 to 50 The default is 3 role active passive Enter the role that the local system assumes Active The active system initiates the BFD session Both systems can be active for the same session Passive The passive system does not initiate a session It only responds to a reque...

Page 366: ...e IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format A B C D Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 1...

Page 367: ...Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 10 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol for example OSPF and ISIS is disabled When a client is disabled all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down ...

Page 368: ... missed in order to declare a session down The range is from 3 to 50 The default is 3 role active passive Enter the role that the local system assumes Active The active system initiates the BFD session Both systems can be active for the same session Passive The passive system does not initiate a session It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system The default is ...

Page 369: ...es control packets from the remote system The range is from 50 to 100 The default is 100 multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down The range is from 3 to 50 The default is 3 role active passive Enter the role that the local system assumes Active The active system initiates the BFD session Both systems can b...

Page 370: ...e active passive command Parameters disable OPTIONAL Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface interval milliseconds OPTIONAL Enter the keywords interval to specify non default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval The range is from 50 to 1000 The default is 100 min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local s...

Page 371: ... when ISIS BFD is configured in CONFIGURATION mode Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all neighbors command Using the no form of this command does not disable BFD if BFD is configured in CONFIGURATION mode To disable BFD on a specific interface while BFD is configured in CONFIGURATION mode use the keyword disable neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD ses...

Page 372: ...rs with the bfd neighbor command When you explicitly enable a BGP neighbor for a BFD session with the bfd neighbor command The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD enable values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command interval min_rx and mu...

Page 373: ...The neighbor does not inherit the global BFD disable values configured with the bfd neighbor command or configured for the peer group to which the neighbor belongs The neighbor only inherits the global timer values configured with the bfd neighbor command interval min_rx and multiplier When you remove the Disabled state of a BFD for a BGP session with a specified neighbor by entering the no neighb...

Page 374: ... about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 8 0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810 Version 8 4 1 3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E Series ExaScale Version 8 2 ...

Page 375: ... sent to neighbor 314 Number of state changes 2 Number of messages from IFA about port state change 0 Number of messages communicated b w Manager and Agent 6 Dell Related Commands bfd neighbor establishes a BFD session with a neighbor bfd all neighbors establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces vrrp bfd neighbor Establish a B...

Page 376: ...on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 10 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for VLAN and port channel interfaces on the E Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands show bfd neighbors displays the BFD neighbor information on all in...

Page 377: ...that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems AS BGP supports classless interdomain routing CIDR and the aggregation of routes and AS paths Basically two routers called neighbors or peers exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables NOTE Dell Networking OS supports 2 byte 16 bit and 4 byte 32...

Page 378: ...refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 6 5 1 0 Introduced aggregate address T...

Page 379: ... more specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY ROUTER BGP ADDRESS FAMILY IPv6 Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Vers...

Page 380: ...egate address is applied during the outbound update creation time hence the value set in that attribute map will not be shown in the output of the show ip bgp aggregate route command bgp add path Allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths replacing any previous ones S4810 Syntax bgp add path send receive both path count Parameters send Enter the key...

Page 381: ...nly compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S...

Page 382: ...000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced the dynamic application of AS notation changes Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced Usage Information Before enabling this feature enable the enable bgp four octet as supportcommand If you disable the four octect support command after using dot or dot format the AS numbers revert to asplain text When you apply an asnotation it is reflect...

Page 383: ...ed that is the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 ...

Page 384: ...ntroduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 4 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm The multipath relax option allows load sharing across providers with different but equal length autonomous system paths Without this opt...

Page 385: ...gp command to recompute the best path bgp bestpath med missing as best During path selection indicate preference to paths with missing MED MULTI_EXIT_DISC over paths with an advertised MED attribute S4810 Syntax bgp bestpath med missing as best To return to the default selection use the no bgp bestpath med missing as best command Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guid...

Page 386: ...his guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version...

Page 387: ...fully meshed Related Commands bgp cluster id assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors neighbor route reflector client configures a route reflector and clients bgp cluster id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector S4810 Syntax bgp cluster id ip address number To delete a cluster ID use the no bgp cluster id ip address number command Parameter...

Page 388: ...tted decimal but if you enter the cluster id as an integer it is displayed as an integer This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect Related Commands bgp client to client reflection enables route reflection between the route reflector and clients neighbor route reflector client configures a route reflector and clients show ip bgp cluster list views pat...

Page 389: ...ins a few connections to other autonomous systems The next hop MED and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation Dell Networking OS accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute The software sends AS_CONFED_SET and accepts AS_CONFED_SET and AS_CONF_SEQ If a local as is configured BGP does not allow for the configuration of BGP confederation Similarly ...

Page 390: ...to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Adde...

Page 391: ...or command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters S4810 Syntax bgp dampening half life reuse suppress max suppress time route map ma...

Page 392: ...e of a configured route map Only match commands in the configured route map are supported Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP ROUTER BGP address family Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this co...

Page 393: ...GP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced ...

Page 394: ... 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Usage Information This command is enabled by default that is for all updates received from EBGP peers BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer If not the update is dropped and a counter is increments Use the show ip bg...

Page 395: ...uced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information The bgp fast external fallover command appears in the show config command output The fast external fallover configuration is applied only after you manuall...

Page 396: ...t depending on whether it is speaking to a 2 byte router or a 4 byte router When creating Confederations all the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers You cannot mix them Where the 2 byte format is from 1 to 65535 the 4 byte format is from 1 to 4294967295 Both formats are accepted and the advertisements reflect the entered format For more information about using ...

Page 397: ... history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement In Receiver Only mode BGP sa...

Page 398: ...order in which they arrive This method can lead to Dell Networking OS choosing different best paths from a set of paths depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors because MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths In Deterministic mode no bgp non deterministic med Dell Networking OS compares MED between adjacent paths within an AS group because all paths in th...

Page 399: ... through is verified for the route s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not The clear ip bgp command is required for this command to take effect and to keep the BGP database consistent Execute the clear ip bgp command right after executing this command Related Commands clear ip bgp clears the ip bgp bgp regex eval optz disable Disables the Regex Performance engine t...

Page 400: ... convergence Additionally the show bgp commands which are filtered through regular expressions use up CPU cycles particularly with large databases The Regex Engine Performance Enhancement feature optimizes the CPU usage by caching and reusing regular expression evaluation results This caching and reuse may be at the expensive of RP1 processor memory Examples Dell conf router_bgp no bgp regex eval ...

Page 401: ...ng OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information Peering session...

Page 402: ...er the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session that is BGP Soft Reconfiguration NOTE If you enter the clear ip bgp ip address soft command both inbound and outbound policies are reset in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies NOTE You must execute the clear i...

Page 403: ...rsion 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 5 1 0 Expanded to include the as number option Related Commands bgp recursive bgp next hop disables next ...

Page 404: ...support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information After you enter this command the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active ...

Page 405: ...ion mark sequences in a pattern either 0 or 1 sequences NOTE Enter an escape sequence CTRL v prior to entering the regular expression brackets a range of single character patterns parenthesis groups a series of pattern elements to a single element braces minimum and the maximum match count caret the beginning of the input string If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range it match...

Page 406: ...oup corresponding to that VRF NOTE You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state peer group name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is plat...

Page 407: ...to debug in OPTIONAL Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes A B C D Enter the IP address of peer in the A B C D format X X X X X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X X X X X format dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening events Enter the keyword events to view B...

Page 408: ...tes do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command The in and out parameters cancel each other for example if you enter the debug ip bgp in command and then enter the debug ip bgp out command you do not see information on the incoming routes Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP Related Commands debug ip bgp events views information abo...

Page 409: ...n the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E Series debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp ip address peer group peer group name events in out To disable debugging use the no debug ip bgp ip address peer group peer gr...

Page 410: ...n To remove all configured debug commands for BGP enter the no debug ip bgp command debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp ip address peer group peer group name keepalives in out To disable debugging use the no debug ip bgp ip address peer group peer group name keepalives in out command Parameters ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address ...

Page 411: ...s received from neighbors S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp ip address peer group peer group name notifications in out To disable debugging use the no debug ip bgp ip address peer group peer group name notifications in out command Parameters ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword peer group then the name of th...

Page 412: ...oft reconfiguration command Parameters ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Del...

Page 413: ...TIONAL Enter the keyword prefix list then the name of an established prefix list If the prefix list is not configured the default is permit to allow all routes ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer group name OPTIONAL Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History ...

Page 414: ...latform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Intro...

Page 415: ...ll Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre 7 7 1 0 Introduced Related Commands router bgp enters ROUTER mode on the switch max paths Configu...

Page 416: ...ntax changed to max path was maximum paths Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information If you enable this command use the clear ip bgp command to recompute the best path neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor peer group to be enabled for the current AFI SAFI Address Family Iden...

Page 417: ...I SAFI When you use activate in the new context the neighbor peer group enables for AFI SAFI It is not possible to de activate a peer from the IPv4 unicast address family neighbor add path This command allows the specified neighbor peer group to send receive multiple path advertisements S4810 Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name add path send receive both path count Parameters ip address OPT...

Page 418: ...neighbor advertisement interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group S4810 Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name advertisement interval seconds To return to the default value use the no neighbor ip address peer group name advertisement interval command Parameters ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format peer g...

Page 419: ...address advertisement start seconds To return to the default value use the no neighbor ip address advertisement start command Parameters ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format seconds Enter a number as the time interval in seconds before BGP route updates are sent The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History T...

Page 420: ... 1 to 10 Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 ...

Page 421: ...to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usag...

Page 422: ...p bgp command immediately after you execute the neighbor default originate command neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors peer group S4810 Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name description text To delete a description use the no neighbor ip address peer group name description command Parameters ip address Enter the IP address of the neighb...

Page 423: ...rs in the peer group prefix list name Enter the name of an established prefix list If the prefix list is not configured the default is permit to allow all routes in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform specific For command informat...

Page 424: ...l OPTIONAL Enter the number of hops as the Time to Live ttl value The range is from 1 to 255 The default is 255 Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this comman...

Page 425: ...of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover BGP keeps track of IP ...

Page 426: ...tted format no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command ...

Page 427: ...used as a percentage of the maximum value When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value the E Series software sends a message The range is from 1 to 100 percent The default is 75 warning only OPTIONAL Enter the keyword warning only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached If this parameter is not set the router stops peering when the maxi...

Page 428: ...ter the neighbor shutdown and neighbor no shutdown commands Related Commands show ip bgp summary displays the current BGP configuration neighbor password Enable message digest 5 MD5 authentication on the TCP connection between two neighbors S4810 Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name password encryption type password To delete a password use the no neighbor ip address peer group name password...

Page 429: ...eers each segment of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection Configuring a password for a neighbor causes an existing session to be torn down and a new one established If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer group name parameter all the members of the peer group inherit the characteristic configured with this c...

Page 430: ... Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information You ca...

Page 431: ... peer group show ip bgp peer group views BGP peers show ip bgp neighbors views BGP neighbors configurations neighbor peer group creating group Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name S4810 Syntax neighbor peer group name peer group To delete a peer group use the no neighbor peer group name peer group command Parameters peer group name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as ...

Page 432: ...ete a passive peer group use the no neighbor peer group name peer group passive command Parameters peer group name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group limit Optional Enter the keyword limit to constrain the numbers of sessions for this peer group The range is from 2 to 256 The default is 256 Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Thi...

Page 433: ...p name remote as number To delete a remote AS entry use the no neighbor ip address peer group name remote as number command Parameters ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group number Enter a number of the AS The range is...

Page 434: ...e support for the BGP process neighbor remove private as Remove private AS numbers from the AS PATH of outgoing updates S4810 Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name remove private as To return to the default use the no neighbor ip address peer group name remove private as command Parameters ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers peer group name Enter t...

Page 435: ...rom 64512 to 65535 2 byte neighbor route map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group S4810 Syntax neighbor ip address peer group name route map map name in out To remove the route map use the no neighbor ip address peer group name route map map name in out command Parameters ip address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decim...

Page 436: ...entify a peer group by name the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command If you identify a peer by IP address the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer neighbor route reflector client Configure the router as a route reflector and the specified neighbors as members of the cluster S4810 Syntax neighbor ip address p...

Page 437: ...al BGP IBGP speakers in the network must be fully meshed The first time you enter this command the router configures as a route reflector and the specified BGP neighbors configure as clients in the route reflector cluster When you remove all clients of a route reflector using the no neighbor route reflector client command the router no longer functions as a route reflector If the clients of a rout...

Page 438: ...st of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information This command enables sender side loopdetect for a specified BGP neighbo...

Page 439: ...e following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disab...

Page 440: ...sion history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Usage Information This command enables soft reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified BGP...

Page 441: ...mber for the time interval in seconds between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers The range is from 1 to 65535 The default is 60 seconds holdtime Enter a number for the time interval in seconds between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead The range is from 3 to 65535 The default is 180 seconds Defaults keepalive 60 seconds holdtime 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER B...

Page 442: ...me update source interface To use the closest interface use the no neighbor ip address peer group name update source interface command Parameters ip address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group interface Enter the keyword loopback then a number of the Loopback interface The ran...

Page 443: ...eight value use the no neighbor ip address peer group name weight command Parameters ip address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format peer group name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group weight Enter a number as the weight The range is from 0 to 65535 The default is 0 Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide ...

Page 444: ... in the BGP routing table S4810 Syntax network ip address mask route map map name To remove a network use the no network ip address mask route map map name command Parameters ip address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format for example 24 The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format A B C ...

Page 445: ...t query next hop information corresponding to locally originated routes a local route with an unreachable next hop is chosen as the best route When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs both these routes will exist in the RTM However only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in active It is possible to keep only one locally or...

Page 446: ...rsion 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information Although Dell Networking OS does not generate a route due to the backdoor config there is an option for injecting sourcing a local route in the presence of network backdoor config on a learned route redistribute Redis...

Page 447: ...Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer peer group outbound route map is set as internal Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information You can use the redistribute command to ad...

Page 448: ...stribute ospf Redistribute OSPF routes into BGP S4810 Syntax redistribute ospf process id match external 1 2 match internal route map map name To stop redistribution of OSPF routes use the no redistribute ospf process id command Parameters process id Enter the number of the OSPF process The range is from 1 to 65535 match external 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF ...

Page 449: ... When you enter the redistribute isis process id command without any other parameters Dell Networking OS redistributes all OSPF internal routes external type 1 routes and external type 2 routes RFC does not support this feature router bgp To configure and enable BGP enter ROUTER BGP mode S4810 Syntax router bgp as number To disable BGP use the no router bgp as number command Parameters as number E...

Page 450: ... IPv4 address on the system S4810 Syntax show capture bgp pdu neighbor ipv4 address Parameters ipv4 address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the BGP address to display packet information for that address Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line R...

Page 451: ... buffer size 40958758 27 packet s captured using 562 bytes PDU 1 len 41 captured 00 34 52 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00290104 000100b4 14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU 2 len 19 captured 00 34 51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU 3 len 19 captured 00 34 50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 Dell show config View the current ROUTER BGP co...

Page 452: ...er the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes network OPTIONAL Enter the network address in dotted decimal format of the BGP network to view information only on that network network mask OPTIONAL Enter the network mask in slash prefix format of the BGP network address longer prefixes OPTIONAL Enter the keywords longer prefixes to view all routes with a common...

Page 453: ...ch BGP route Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router If 0 0 0 0 is listed in this column then local routes exist in the routing table Metric Displays the BGP route s metric if assigned LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route Weight Displays the route s weight Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network Example Dell show ip bg...

Page 454: ...Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version...

Page 455: ...rce I internal a aggregate c confed external r redistributed n network D denied S stale Origin codes i IGP e EGP incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path I 55 0 0 0 24 172 16 0 2 0 0 400 500 600 i I 66 0 0 0 24 172 16 0 2 0 0 500 i I 77 0 0 0 24 172 16 0 2 0 0 i Dell show ip bgp cluster list 4 4 4 4 BGP local RIB Routes to be Added 0 Replaced 0 Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192 1...

Page 456: ...o that autonomous system You can specify up to eight community numbers to view information on those community groups local AS Enter the keywords local AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED 0xFFFFFF03 community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers no advertise Enter the keywords no advertise to view all ro...

Page 457: ...arameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output The following describes the show ip bgp community command shown in the following example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router If 0 0 0 0 is listed in this column ...

Page 458: ...ggregate c confed external r redistributed n network D denied S stale Origin codes i IGP e EGP incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 66 0 0 0 24 172 16 0 2 0 200 i show ip bgp community list View routes that a specific community list affects S4810 Syntax show ip bgp vrf vrf name ipv4 unicast community list community list name exact match Parameters vrf vrf name OPTIONAL Enter the k...

Page 459: ...list pass command shown in the following example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router If 0 0 0 0 is listed in this column then local routes exist in the routing table Metric Displays the BGP route s metric if assigned LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route Weight Displays the...

Page 460: ...TIONAL Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF ipv4 unicast OPTIONAL Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the re...

Page 461: ...ollowing example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route Reuse Displays the hour minutes seconds until the dampened route is available Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network Example Dell show ip bgp dampened paths BGP local RIB Rout...

Page 462: ...oc 14 NdDefDid 0 NdConfedId 0 NdMedConfed 0 NdMedMissVal 1 NdIgnrIllId 0 NdRRC2C 1 NdClstId 33686273 NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 NdCommTblP 0x41a19098 NhOptTransTblP 0x41a190a0 NdRRClsTblP 0x41a190a8 NdPktPA 0 NdLocCBP 0x41a6f000 NdTmpPAP 0x419efc80 NdTmpASPAP 0x41a25000 NdTmpCommP 0x41a25800 NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 NdTmpNHP NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 NdModPathP 0x419ef...

Page 463: ...ure max allowed length 40960000 current length 0 Peer Grp List Nbr List Confed Peer List Address Family specific Information AFIndex 0 NdSpFlag 0x41a190b0 AFRttP 0x41a0d200 NdRTMMkrP 0x41a19d28 NdRTMAFTblVer 0 NdRibCtxAddr 1101110688 NdRibCtxAddrLen 255 NdAFPrefix 0 NdAfNLRIP 0 NdAFNLRILen 0 NdAFWPtrP 0 NdAFWLen 0 NdAfNH NdAFRedRttP 0x41a0d400 NdRecCtxAdd 1101110868 NdRedCtxAddrLen 255 NdAfRedMkrP...

Page 464: ...n about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introd...

Page 465: ...exist Dell show ip bgp filter list View the routes that match the filter lists S4810 Syntax show ip bgp vrf vrf name ipv4 unicast filter list as path name Parameters vrf vrf name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF ipv4 unicast OPTIONAL Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only ...

Page 466: ...ntry r redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router If 0 0 0 0 is listed in this column then local routes exist in the routing table Metric Displays the BGP route s metric if assigned LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route Weight Displays the route s weight Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network Exa...

Page 467: ...nly on that network mask OPTIONAL Enter the network mask in slash prefix x format of the BGP network address filter list as path name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword filter list then the name of a configured AS PATH ACL The range is 140 characters regexp regular expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match The range is 256 characters period an...

Page 468: ...oduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the following example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped Duration Displays the ...

Page 469: ... then the name of the VRF to view routes corresponding to the VRF that contain inconsistent originating AS numbers ipv4 unicast OPTIONAL Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Comman...

Page 470: ...n codes i IGP e EGP incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 3 0 0 0 8 63 114 8 33 0 18508 209 7018 80 i 63 114 8 34 0 18508 209 7018 80 i 63 114 8 60 0 18508 209 7018 80 i 63 114 8 33 0 18508 701 80 i 3 18 135 0 24 63 114 8 60 0 18508 209 7018 63 114 8 34 0 18508 209 7018 63 114 8 33 0 18508 701 7018 63 114 8 33 0 18508 209 7018 4 0 0 0 8 63 114 8 60 0 18508 209 1 i 63 114 8 34 0 185...

Page 471: ...ord vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information exchanged by BGP neighbors corresponding to that VRF NOTE You can use this attribute to view information exchanged by BGP neighbors that correspond to either a default or a non default VRF ipv4 unicast OPTIONAL Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes ip address OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of ...

Page 472: ...he following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 8 0 Added the add path option to the S4810 Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1...

Page 473: ...information last read is the time hours minutes seconds the router read a message from its neighbor hold time is the number of seconds configured between messages from its neighbor keepalive interval is the number of seconds between keepalive messages to help ensure that the TCP session is still alive Received messages This line displays the number of BGP messages received the number of notificati...

Page 474: ...s the peering address of the local router and the TCP port number Foreign host Displays the peering address of the neighbor and the TCP port number Example Dell show ip bgp neighbors 172 16 0 2 BGP neighbor is 172 16 0 2 remote AS 200 external link Member of peer group port0 for session parameters BGP remote router ID 172 16 0 2 BGP state ESTABLISHED in this state for 00 13 55 Last read 00 00 03 L...

Page 475: ...y with current reachability and flap status This command only displays one path even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths S4810 Syntax show ip bgp vrf vrf name next hop Parameters vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view all next hops corresponding to that VRF Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command i...

Page 476: ...ell show ip bgp next hop Next hop Resolved 172 16 0 2 YES Dell show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database S4810 Syntax show ip bgp vrf vrf name paths regexp regular expression Parameters vrf vrf name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vrf to view all path attributes in the BGP database corresponding to that VRF NOTE You can use this attribute to view information on all path att...

Page 477: ...n 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF for the S4810 S4820T and S6000 Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp path command shown in the foll...

Page 478: ...t VRF NOTE You can use this attribute to view information on unique COMMUNITY numbers in a BGP database that correspond to either a default or a non default VRF Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Netwo...

Page 479: ...oup peer group name detail summary Parameters vrf vrf name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vrf to view information on BGP peers in a peer group corresponding to that VRF NOTE You can use this attribute to view information on BGP peers in a peer group that correspond to either a default or a non default VRF ipv4 unicast OPTIONAL Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 un...

Page 480: ...s name Administratively shut Displays the peer group s status if the peer group is not enabled If you enable the peer group this line is not displayed BGP version Displays the BGP version supported Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor Number of peers Displ...

Page 481: ...specified on either a default or a non default VRF regular expression character Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match period any single character including a white space asterisk the sequences in a pattern zero or more sequences plus the sequences in a pattern one or more sequences question mark sequences in a pattern either zero or one seque...

Page 482: ...ription Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router If 0 0 0 0 is listed in this column then non BGP routes exist in the router s routing table Metric Displays the BGP router s metric if assigned LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route Weight Displays the route s weight Path Lists all the AS paths the...

Page 483: ...oduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information In BGP route attributes are maintained at different locations When attributes that correspond to multiple routes change then attribute counts that the sh...

Page 484: ...th attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them BGP AS PATH entries Displays the number of BGP AS_PATH attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them The show ip bgp community command provides...

Page 485: ...stage is displayed Idle Connect Active OpenSent OpenConfirm When the peer is transitioning between states and clearing the routes received the phrase Purging may appear in this column If the neighbor is disabled the phrase Admin shut appears in this column Example S4810 Dell show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 192 168 11 5 local AS number 100 BGP local RIB Routes to be Added 0 Replaced 0 Wit...

Page 486: ... the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show running config bgp router bgp 100 network 1 1 11 1 32 network 1 1 12 1 32 network 1 1 13 1 32 neighbor 10 1 1 2 remote as 200 neighbor 10 1 1 2 no shutdown Dell timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and ...

Page 487: ...3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the E Series MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP MBGP is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems ASs Dell Ne...

Page 488: ...on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E Series distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes S4810 Syntax distance bgp external distance internal distance local distance To return to default values use the no distance bgp command Parameters external distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from ...

Page 489: ...ing table inconsistencies The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes Related Commands router bgp enters ROUTER mode on the switch show ip bgp dampened paths View BGP routes that are dam...

Page 490: ...ered as a flap and is not penalized The history paths that the show ip bgp command displays contain only the prefix and the next hop information The next hop information shows the ip address of the neighbor It does not show the actual next hop details The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the r...

Page 491: ...te the Route Origin community use the no set extcommunity command Parameters as4 ASN4 NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4 octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4 NN 4 byte AS number 2 byte community value ASN NNNN Enter the 2 octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN NNNN 2 byte AS number 4 byte community value IPADDR NN Enter the IP address specific exte...

Page 492: ... communities soo sets Related Commands set extcommunity soo sets the extended community site of origin in the route map set extcommunity soo To set extended community site of origin in Route Map use this feature S4810 Syntax set extcommunity soo as4 ASN4 NN ASN NNNN IPADDR NN non trans To delete the site of origin community use the no set extcommunity command Parameters as4 ASN4 NN Enter the keywo...

Page 493: ...n comes before soo with or without the additive option soo overrides the communities rt sets If the rt option comes after soo without the additive option rt overrides the communities soo sets If the rt with the additive option comes after soo rt adds the communities soo sets Related Commands set extcommunity rt sets the extended community route origins using the route map show ip bgp paths extcomm...

Page 494: ...mmunities Community Displays the extended community attributes in this BGP path Example Dell show ip bgp paths extcommunity Total 1 Extended Communities Address Hash Refcount Extended Community 0x41d57024 12272 1 RT 7 200 SoO 5 300 SoO 0 0 0 3 1285 Dell show ip extcommunity list Display the IP extended community list S4810 Syntax show ip extcommunity list word Parameters word Enter the name of the...

Page 495: ...ting tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft Clear and reapply policies for IPv6 unicast routes without resetting the TCP connection that is perform BGP soft reconfiguration S4810 Syntax clear ip bgp as number ipv4 neighbor addr ipv6 neighbor addr peer group name ipv6 unicast soft in out Parameters Clear and reapply policies for all BGP s...

Page 496: ...icast routes Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft reconfiguration Enable soft reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes S4810 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv4 address ipv6 address peer group name ipv6 unicast soft reconfiguration To disable debugging use the no debug ip...

Page 497: ...ns on BGP soft reconfiguration inbound debugging for IPv6 unicast routes If no neighbor is specified debug is turned on for all neighbors ipv6 prefix list Configure an IPv6 prefix list S4810 Syntax ipv6 prefix list prefix list name Parameters prefix list name Enter the name of the prefix list NOTE There is a 140 character limit for prefix list names Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Comman...

Page 498: ...fic For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on th...

Page 499: ...istory for this command Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 10 0 Introduced on the S4810 Related Commands ipv6 prefix list configures an IPv6 prefix list IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP MBGP is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems AS FTOS MBGP is implemented as p...

Page 500: ...guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 10 0 Introduced on the S4810 500 Border Gateway Protocol ...

Page 501: ... system must have the same CAM profile including CAM sub region configurations this profile must match the system CAM profile the profile on the primary route processor module RPM Dell Networking OS automatically reconfigures the CAM profile on line cards and the secondary RPM to match the system CAM profile by saving the correct profile on the card and then rebooting it The CAM configuration is a...

Page 502: ... 0 l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2acl blocks The range is from 1 to 8 ipv4acl number Enter the keyword ipv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4 The range is from 0 to 8 ipv6acl number Enter the keyword ipv6acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv6 The range is from 0 to 4 ipv4qos number Enter the keyword ipv4qos and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4 ...

Page 503: ...mber of FP blocks for iSCSI optimization ACL The range is from 0 to 2 vrfv4acl number Enter the keyword vrfv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for VRF IPv4 ACL The range is from 0 to 2 l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number ipv4qos number l2qos numberl2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number vman qos vman dual qos number ipv4pbr numberopenflo w 4 8 fcoe number iscsioptacl number vrfv4acl n...

Page 504: ...n the C Series Usage Information Save the new CAM settings to the startup config write mem or copy run start then reload the system for the new settings to take effect The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks System flow requires three blocks these blocks cannot be reallocated Only 13 number of blocks can be configured by the user There can be only one odd number of Blocks in the CLI conf...

Page 505: ...ist of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 cam optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy map CAM space S4810 Syntax cam optimization qos Parameters qos Optimize CAM usage for Q...

Page 506: ...er to the IP Access Control Lists Prefix Lists and Route map sections in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide show cam acl Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all line cards S4810 Syntax show cam acl Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Network...

Page 507: ...ettings in block sizes 1 block 128 entries L2Acl 6 Ipv4Acl 4 Ipv6Acl 0 Ipv4Qos 2 L2Qos 1 L2PT 0 IpMacAcl 0 VmanQos 0 VmanDualQos 0 EcfmAcl 0 FcoeAcl 0 iscsiOptAcl 0 ipv4pbr 0 vrfv4Acl 0 Openflow 0 fedgovacl 0 Stack unit 7 Current Settings in block sizes 1 block 128 entries L2Acl 6 Ipv4Acl 4 Ipv6Acl 0 Ipv4Qos 2 L2Qos 1 L2PT 0 IpMacAcl 0 VmanQos 0 VmanDualQos 0 EcfmAcl 0 FcoeAcl 0 iscsiOptAcl 0 ipv4...

Page 508: ...input input policy name linecard number all Parameters policy map name Enter the name of the policy map to verify Maximum is 32 characters number Enter all to get information for all the linecards stack units or enter the linecard stack unit number to get information for a specific card The range is 0 11 for S4810 0 7 for all other S Series Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command Histor...

Page 509: ...the stack unit or units that are checked Entering all shows the status for all stacks Portpipe Lists the portpipe port set or port pipes port sets that are checked Entering all shows the status for linecards and port pipes in the chassis CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the am...

Page 510: ... CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM Example S Series FTOS test cam usage service policy input LauraIn stack unit all Stack Unit Portpipe CAM Partition AvailableCAM EstimatedCAM per Port Status 0 0 IPv4Flow 102 0...

Page 511: ...vant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 8 0 Introduced on the S4810 service policy rate limit cpu queues Apply a policy map for the system to rate limit control traffic ...

Page 512: ... this command For CoPP use the keyword cpu qos when creating qos policy input Related Commands qos policy input creates a QoS input policy map policy map input creates an input policy map service policy rate limit protocols Apply a policy for the system to rate limit control protocols on a per protocol basis S4810 Syntax service policy rate limit protocols policy name Parameters policy name Enter ...

Page 513: ... ACL qos policy input creates a QoS input policy map class map creates a QoS class map policy map input creates an input policy map ip unknown unicast Enable IPv4 catch all route S4810 Syntax ip unknown unicast vrf vrf name To remove the IPv4 catch all route 0 0 0 0 0 from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent m...

Page 514: ...ch Usage Information All the default catch all entries in the longest prefix match LPM table collect and transmit all unresolved IPv6 packets to the CPU even if they are destined for unknown destinations show cpu queue rate cp Display the rates for each CPU queue S4810 Syntax show cpu queue rate cp Defaults Not configured Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific...

Page 515: ...h configured protocol S4810 Syntax show ip protocol queue mapping Defaults Not configured Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the ...

Page 516: ...tocol queue mapping Defaults Not configured Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 ...

Page 517: ...sion history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 8 0 Introduced on the S4810 Example Dell show mac protocol queue mapping Protocol Destination Mac EtherType Queue EgPort Rate kbps ARP any 0x0806 Q5 Q6 CP _ FRRP 01 01 e8 00 00 10 11 any Q7 CP _ LACP 01 80 c2 00 00 02 0x8809 Q7 CP _ LL...

Page 518: ...518 ...

Page 519: ...s the following sections DCB Command PFC Commands ETS Commands DCBX Commands DCB Command The following DCB command is supported on the S4810 platform dcb enable Enable data center bridging S4810 Syntax dcb enable pfc queues 1 4 To disable DCB use the no dcb enable command Parameters pfc queues Enter the pfc queue range To disable DCB use the no dcb enable command The range is from 1 or 2 Defaults ...

Page 520: ...nfiguration to an ingress interface PFC Commands The following PFC commands are supported on the S4810 platform clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit S4810 Syntax clear pfc counters port type slot port stack unit unit number all all stack ports all Parameters port type Enter the keywords port type then the slot port information stack unit un...

Page 521: ...DCB input policy S4810 Syntax dcb input policy name To delete the DCB input policy use the no dcb input command Parameters policy name Maximum 32 alphanumeric characters Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list ...

Page 522: ...ss queues refer to pfc no drop queues To remove a DCB input policy including the PFC configuration it contains enter the no dcb input policy name command in Interface Configuration mode Related Commands dcb policy input applies the input policy with the PFC configuration dcb policy input Apply the input policy with the PFC configuration to an ingress interface S4810 Syntax dcb policy input policy ...

Page 523: ... with the same PFC configuration A DCB input policy for PFC applied to an interface may become invalid if you reconfigure the dot1p queue mapping This situation occurs when the new dot1p queue assignment exceeds the maximum number 2 of lossless queues supported globally on the switch In this case all PFC configurations received from PFC enabled peers are removed and resynchronized with the peer de...

Page 524: ...se note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9 4 0 0 release A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb map commands in the future The dcb policy input stack unit all command overwrites any previous dcb policy input stack unit stack unit id configurations Similarly a dcb policy...

Page 525: ...nce Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information If you configure PFC on a 40GbE port count the 40GbE port as four PFC enabled ports in the pfc port number you enter in the command syntax To...

Page 526: ...list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Related Commands dcb input creates a DCB PFC input policy dcb policy input applies the output policy dcb output creates a DCBETS output policy dcb policy output applies the output policy p...

Page 527: ...ing that you have to use the dcb map commands in the future The minimum link delay must be greater than the round trip transmission time a peer must honor a PFC pause frame multiplied by the number of PFC enabled ingress ports Related Commands dcb input creates a DCB input policy pfc mode on Enable the PFC configuration on the port so that the priorities are included in DCBX negotiation with peer ...

Page 528: ...c no drop queues To disable PFC operation on an interface enter the no pfc mode on command in DCB Input Policy Configuration mode PFC is enabled and disabled as global DCB operation is enabled dcb enable or disabled no dcb enable You cannot enable PFC and link level flow control at the same time on an interface Related Commands dcb input creates a DCB input policy pfc no drop queues Configure the ...

Page 529: ...ration is not allowed on the dcb input profile applied on the interface The maximum number of lossless queues globally supported on the switch is two The following lists the dot1p priority queue assignments dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay S4810 Syntax pfc priority prio...

Page 530: ...cating that you have to use the dcb map commands in the future You can enable any number of 802 1p priorities for PFC Queues to which PFC priority traffic is mapped are lossless by default Traffic may be interrupted due to an interface flap going down and coming up when you reconfigure the lossless queues for no drop priorities in a PFC input policy and reapply the policy to an interface The maxim...

Page 531: ... 0 port set 0 DCB Status Enabled PFC Port Count 56 current 56 configured PFC Queue Count 2 current 2 configured show interface pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface including priorities and link delay S4810 Syntax show interface port type slot port pfc summary detail Parameters port type slot port pfc Enter the port type slot and port PFC information summary...

Page 532: ...or a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled Remote is enabled Priority list Remote Willing Status is enabled Operational status enabled or disabled of peer device for DCBX exchange of PFC configuration with a list of the configured PFC priorities Willing status of peer device for DCBX exchange Willing bit received in PFC TLV enabled or disable Local is enabled DCBX operational s...

Page 533: ...Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs Application Priority TLV Remote FCOE Priority Map Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port enabled or disabled Application Priority TLV Remote ISCSI Priority Map Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port enabled or...

Page 534: ...cation Priority TLV Parameters FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 0 Input TLV pkts 1 Output TLV pkts 0 Error pkts 0 Pause Tx pkts 0 Pause Rx pkts show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted by dot1p ...

Page 535: ...0 0 0 6 0 0 0 7 0 0 0 show qos dcb input Displays the PFC configuration in a DCB input policy S4810 Syntax show qos dcb input dcb input policy name Parameters dcb input policyname Enter the PFC profile Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The f...

Page 536: ...onfiguration applied to ingress traffic on stacked ports including PFC Operational mode on each unit with the configured priorities link delay and number of pause packets sent and received S4810 Syntax show stack unit all stack unit stack ports all port number pfc details Parameters stack unit Enter the stack unit port number Enter the port number Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This ...

Page 537: ...andwidth percentage allocated to priority traffic in port queues S4810 Syntax bandwidth percentage percentage To remove the configured bandwidth percentage use the no bandwidth percentage command Parameters percentage Optional Enter the bandwidth percentage The percentage range is from 1 to 100 in units of 1 Defaults none Command Modes QOS POLICY OUT ETS Command History This guide is platform spec...

Page 538: ...output policy on an interface By default equal bandwidth is assigned to each priority group in the ETS output policy applied to an egress port if you did not configure bandwidth allocation The sum of configured bandwidth allocation to dot1p priority traffic in all ETS priority groups must be 100 Allocate at least 1 of the total bandwidth to each priority group and queue If bandwidth is assigned to...

Page 539: ...d History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the M...

Page 540: ... 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information NOTE Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9 4 0 0 release A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating...

Page 541: ...he S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information NOTE Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9 4 0 0 release A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb map commands in the future When...

Page 542: ...ce Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information NOTE Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9 4 0 0 release A warn...

Page 543: ...OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Related Commands dcb input creates a DCB PFC input policy dcb policy input applies the output policy dcb output creates a DCBETS output p...

Page 544: ...utput policy applied to an interface using the no ets mode on command any previously configured QoS settings at the interface or global level takes effect If you configure QoS settings at the interface or global level and in an output policy map the service policy output command the QoS configuration in the output policy takes precedence ETS configurations are accepted from the local and remote sy...

Page 545: ...each priority class so that each class has 12 to 13 Related Commands priority group creates an ETS priority group priority group qos policy associates an ETS priority group with an ETS output policy set pgid configures the priority group priority group To use with an ETS output policy create an ETS priority group S4810 Syntax priority group group name To remove the priority group use the no priori...

Page 546: ...ace is equal to the number of data queues 4 on the port The 802 1p priorities in a priority group can map to multiple queues If you configure more than one priority queue as strict priority or more than one priority group as strict priority the higher numbered priority queue is given preference when scheduling data traffic You must fully define the priority group profile with a PGID and priorities...

Page 547: ... release A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb map commands in the future The ETS configuration associated with 802 1p priority traffic in a DCB output policy is used in DCBX negotiation with ETS peers If you disable ETS in an output policy applied to an interface using the no ets mode on command any previously configured QoS settings at...

Page 548: ...d bandwidth is allocated equally to each priority If an error occurs when a port receives a peer s ETS configuration the port s configuration is reset to the previously configured ETS output policy If no ETS output policy was previously applied the port is reset to the default ETS parameters You can only associate output QoS policy profiles with the priority groups in the DCB output profile contex...

Page 549: ...3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information dot1p priority traffic on the switch is scheduled to the current queue mapping dot1p priorities within the same queue must have the same traffic properties and scheduling method ETS assigned scheduling applies only to data queues not to control queues The configuration of bandwidth all...

Page 550: ...on 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information NOTE Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9 4 0 0 release A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb map commands in the future Related Commands pr...

Page 551: ...r this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 2 Down status messages added Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Example Summary Dell conf qos policy out ets show interface te 0 3 ets de Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0 3 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic ...

Page 552: ...l conf qos policy out ets do sho int te 0 3 ets de Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0 3 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters Admin is enabled TC grp Priority Bandwidth TSA 0 1 0 1 2 100 ETS 2 3 0 SP 3 4 5 6 7 0 SP 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters Remote is disabled Local Parameters Local is enabled TC grp Priority Bandwidth TSA 0 1 0 1 2 100 ETS 2 3 0 ...

Page 553: ... 2 0 ETS 3 0 ETS 4 0 ETS 5 0 ETS 6 0 ETS 7 0 ETS Priority Bandwidth TSA 0 13 ETS 1 13 ETS 2 13 ETS 3 13 ETS 4 12 ETS 5 12 ETS 6 12 ETS 7 12 ETS Remote Parameters Remote is disabled Local Parameters Local is enabled TC grp Priority Bandwidth TSA 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 100 ETS 1 0 ETS 2 0 ETS 3 0 ETS 4 0 ETS 5 0 ETS 6 0 ETS 7 0 ETS Priority Bandwidth TSA 0 13 ETS 1 13 ETS 2 13 ETS 3 13 ETS 4 12 ETS 5 12 ...

Page 554: ...3 ETS 1 13 ETS 2 13 ETS 3 13 ETS 4 12 ETS 5 12 ETS 6 12 ETS 7 12 ETS Remote Parameters Remote is disabled Local Parameters Local is enabled TC grp Priority Bandwidth TSA 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 100 ETS 1 0 ETS 2 0 ETS 3 0 ETS 4 0 ETS 5 0 ETS 6 0 ETS 7 0 ETS Priority Bandwidth TSA 0 13 ETS 1 13 ETS 2 13 ETS 3 13 ETS 4 12 ETS 5 12 ETS 6 12 ETS 7 12 ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Tr...

Page 555: ... Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information NOTE Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9 4 0 0 release A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb map commands in the future Example Summary Dell show qos ...

Page 556: ...ress traffic on stacked ports including ETS Operational mode on each unit and the configurated priority groups with dot1p priorities bandwidth allocation and scheduler type S4810 Syntax show stack unit all stack unit stack ports all port number ets details Parameters stack unit Enter the stack unit identification port number Enter the port number Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This g...

Page 557: ...ck port all Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 1 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters Admin is enabled TC grp Priority Bandwidth TSA 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the S4810 platform advertise dcbx app tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements S4810 Syntax advertise dcbx app tlv iscsi To disable DCB...

Page 558: ...ual role configure the application priority TLVs advertised on the interface to DCBX peers S4810 Syntax advertise dcbx appln tlv fcoe iscsi To remove the application priority TLVs use the no advertise dcbx appln tlv fcoe iscsi command Parameters fcoe iscsi Enter the application priority TLVs where fcoe enables the advertisement of FCoE in application priority TLVs iscsi enables the advertisement o...

Page 559: ...ets conf ets reco pfc Enter the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised where ets conf enables the advertisement of ETS configuration TLVs ets reco enables the advertisement of ETS recommend TLVs pfc enables the advertisement of PFC TLVs Defaults All PFC and ETS TLVs are advertised Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer t...

Page 560: ...ole config source auto downstream auto upstream manual command Parameters config source auto downstream auto upstream manual Enter the DCBX port role where config source configures the port to serve as the configuration source on the switch auto upstream configures the port to receive a peer configuration The configuration source is elected from auto upstream ports auto downstream configures the p...

Page 561: ...the DCBX version use the dcbx version auto cee cin ieee v2 5 command Parameters auto cee cin ieee v2 5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface where auto configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer cee configures the port to use CDD Intel 1 01 cin configures the port to use Cisco Intel Nuova DCBX 1 0 ieee v2 configures the port to use IEEE 802 1az Draft 2 5...

Page 562: ... auto detect timer config exchng fail mgmt resource sem tlv Enter the type of debugging where all enables all DCBX debugging operations auto detect timer enables traces for DCBX auto detect timers config exchng enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges fail enables traces for DCBX failures mgmt enables traces for DCBX management frames resource enables traces for DCBX system resource frames ...

Page 563: ...ty bitmap Enter the priority bitmap range The range is from 1 to FF Defaults 0x8 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Vers...

Page 564: ...the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information This command is available at the global level only...

Page 565: ...role auto upstream auto downstream config source or manual DCBX Operational Status Operational status enabled or disabled used to elect a configuration source and internally propagate a DCB configuration The DCBX operational status is the combination of PFC and ETS operational status Configuration Source Specifies whether the port serves as the DCBX configuration source on the switch true yes or f...

Page 566: ...Status DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs received from the peer device Peer DCBX Status Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs received from the peer device Peer DCBX Status Acknowledgment Number Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs received from the peer device Total DCBX Frames transmitted Number of DCBX frames sent from ...

Page 567: ... 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 0 Sequence Number 2 Acknowledgment Number 2 Protocol State In Sync Peer DCBX Status DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 255 Sequence Number 2 Acknowledgment Number 2 Total DCBX Frames transmitted 27 Total DCBX Frames received 6 Total DCBX Frame errors 0 Total DCBX Frames unrecognized 0 Configuring DCB Maps and its Attributes This topic conta...

Page 568: ...pfc on off DCB MAP 3 Specify the dot1p priority to priority group mapping for each priority Priority group range 0 to 7 All priorities that map to the same queue must be in the same priority group Leave a space between each priority group number For example priority pgid 0 0 0 1 2 4 4 4 in which priority group 0 maps to dot1p priorities 0 1 and 2 priority group 1 maps to dot1p priority 3 priority ...

Page 569: ... port fortygigabitEthernet slot port CONFIGURATION 2 Apply the DCB map on the Ethernet port to configure it with the PFC and ETS settings in the map for example Dell interface tengigabitEthernet 0 0 Dell config if te 0 0 dcb map SAN_A_dcb_map1 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to apply a DCB map to more than one port You cannot apply a DCB map on an interface that has been already configured for PFC using thep...

Page 570: ...ess from the interface Lossless traffic egresses out the no drop queues Ingress 802 1p traffic from PFC enabled peers is automatically mapped to the no drop egress queues When configuring lossless queues on a port interface consider the following points By default no lossless queues are configured on a port A limit of two lossless queues are supported on a port If the number of lossless queues con...

Page 571: ...ult Configuration This functionality is supported on the platform Before you configure PFC and ETS on an S6000 switch see Configuring DCB Maps and its Attributes take into account the following default settings DCB is enabled PFC and ETS are globally enabled by default The default dot1p priority queue assignments are applied as follows Dell conf do show qos dot1p queue mapping Dot1p Priority 0 1 2...

Page 572: ...ude priority based flow control PFC and enhanced traffic selection ETS To display the PFC and ETS settings in DCB maps enter the show qos dcb map command Use the dcb map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports After you apply a DCB map to an interface the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled DCBx is enabled...

Page 573: ... each 802 1p priority to one priority group A priority group consists of 802 1p priority values that are grouped together for similar bandwidth allocation and scheduling and that share latency and loss requirements All 802 1p priorities mapped to the same queue must be in the same priority group For example the priority pgid 0 0 0 1 2 4 4 4 command creates the following groups of 802 1p priority t...

Page 574: ...on command in DCB Input Policy Configuration mode PFC is enabled and disabled as global DCB operation is enabled dcb enable or disabled no dcb enable You cannot enable PFC and link level flow control at the same time on an interface NOTE Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9 4 0 0 release A warning message appears when ...

Page 575: ...nsists of 802 1p priority values that are grouped together for similar bandwidth allocation and scheduling and that share latency and loss requirements All 802 1p priorities mapped to the same queue must be in the same priority group Repeat the priority group bandwidth pfc command to configure PFC and ETS traffic handling for each priority group in a DCB map You can enable PFC on a maximum of two ...

Page 576: ...n 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms Usage Information The dcb map stack unit all stack ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports show qos dcb map Display the DCB parameters configured in a specified DCB map S4810 Syntax show qos dcb map map name Parameters map name Displays the PFC and ETS parameters configured in the specified map Command Modes EX...

Page 577: ...Percentage of bandwidth allocated to the priority group PFC PFC setting for the priority group On enabled or Off Priorities 802 1p priorities configured in the priority group Example Dell show qos dcb map dcbmap2 State Complete PfcMode ON PG 0 TSA ETS BW 50 PFC OFF Priorities 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 PG 1 TSA ETS BW 50 PFC ON Priorities 3 Applying a DCB Map in a Switch Stack Apply the same DCB map with PFC a...

Page 578: ...e command Syntax dcb pfc shared buffer size KB Parameters KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787 Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 S4820T and S6000 platforms Usage Information Configure the maximum shared buffer available for PFC traffic You can choose to increase or decrease the shared buff...

Page 579: ...ved packets Example S4810 YU MR Dell conf dcb buffer threshold test priority Configure the priority for the PFC threshold to be allocated to the buffer space parameters This utility is supported on the S4810 platforms Syntax priority value buffer size size pause threshold threshold value resume offset threshold value shared threshold weight size Parameters priority Specify the priority of the queu...

Page 580: ...2 1p priority traffic to the transmitting device You can use theprioritycommand to set up both the administrative and peer related PFC priorities For example you can configure the intended buffer configuration for all eight priorities If you configure the number of lossless queues as 4 and if the administrator configured priorities configured within the DCB input policy is applied then the configu...

Page 581: ...rity to be allocated to the dynamic buffer control mechanism buffer size Ingress buffer size size Size of the ingress buffer in KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787 The default is 45 KB pause threshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent threshold value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787 The default is 10 KB resume offs...

Page 582: ...riorities are pre designed However if the peer provided priorities are applied although a DCB input policy is present the peer provided priorities become effective for buffer configuration This method of configuration provides an easy and flexible technique to accommodate both administratively configured and peer configured priorities Example S4810 YU MR Dell conf qos policy buffer test S4810 YU M...

Page 583: ...latforms This command is not supported on the S6000 platform because it does not contain stack ports Syntax dcb policy buffer threshold stack unit all stack ports all profile name Parameters dcb buffer threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold profile name Enter the name of the profile which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length stack unit all Enter the stack uni...

Page 584: ...he name of the profile which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show command Field Description Name Name of the DCB buffer threshold profile Buffer threshold parameters Buffer size allocated for the PFC ...

Page 585: ... the counters on the selected port pipe The range is 0 to 0 resource X Buffer and traffic manager resources usage where X can be one of the following All Ingress and Egress resources snapshots Port id all queue all egress queue level snapshot for both unicast and multicast packets Port id all queue ucast id all egress queue level snapshot for unicast packets only Port id all queue mcast id all egr...

Page 586: ...lable For example if you configured 5 as the maximum instances with linear periodicity and a polling interval of 10 seconds 1 as the multiplier then 5 instances will be polled at 10 20 30 40 and 50 seconds incrementally If you attempt to enter the show command to display the fifth instance after 30 seconds of enabling polling the aforementioned information message is shown If specified instance ID...

Page 587: ...ackets that are received after the pause frame is received or a priority based flow control pause frame is enabled When an inbound interface halts the sending of traffic it must have the buffer space to save all of the packets currently in the buffer and also all of the packets that were received before the device stops the sending of packets Headroom space is used for high priority traffic that n...

Page 588: ...9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Stack unit 0 unit 0 port 5 interface Fo 0 4 PG SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 Q TYPE Q TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 588 Data Center Brid...

Page 589: ...ST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 To determine the port that is congested and monitor all queues including multicast and unicast queues only on that port Dell show hardware stack unit 0 buffer stats snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue all Stack unit 0 unit 0 port 1 interfa...

Page 590: ... 0 port 1 interface Fo 0 0 Q TYPE Q TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Dell To determine the port that is congested and monitor all the unicast Queues on that port Dell show hardware stack unit 0 buffer stats snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue ucast all Stack unit 0 unit 0 port 1 interface Fo 0 0 Q TYPE Q TOTAL BUFFERED...

Page 591: ...fc total buffer size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilobytes This utility is supported on the S6000 platform Syntax dcb pfc total buffer size KB Parameters KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787 Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information Configure the maximum b...

Page 592: ... cannot accommodate existing buffer requirement in the system show running config dcb buffer threshold Displays the DCB buffer threshold details in the running configuration This command is supported on the platform Syntax show running config buffer threshold Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information The following table des...

Page 593: ...o 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45 25 5 5 No 6 No 7 No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled Dell show interface tengigabitethernet 0 20 pfc buffer threshold The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show interface pfc buffer threshold command Field Description queue Number of the queue lossless Whether t...

Page 594: ...nd Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless PFC queues By configuring four lossless queues you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process For example you can assign a higher priority f...

Page 595: ...fline You can only run offline diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected via the console In other words you cannot run diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected to via a stacking link Diagnostic results are printed to the screen Dell Networking OS does not write them to memory Diagnostics only test connectivity not the entire data path diag stack unit Run offline diagnostics on a sta...

Page 596: ...arious components on the board are put into Loopback mode and test packets are transmitted through those components These diagnostics also perform snake tests using VLAN configurations To test 10G links physically remove the unit from the stack verbose Enter the keyword verbose to run the diagnostic in Verbose mode Verbose mode gives more information in the output than Standard mode testname Enter...

Page 597: ...19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Added a warning message to the off line diagnostic Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit The system reboots when the off line diagnostics complete This reboot is an automatic process A warning...

Page 598: ... S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit The system reboots when the off line diagnostics complete This reboot is an automatic process A warning message appears when the offline stack unit comm...

Page 599: ...of the port pipes in the system 1Q Enter the keyword 1Q to choose a pre defined buffer profile for single queue for example non QoS applications 4Q Enter the keyword 4q to choose a pre defined buffer profile for four queue for example QoS applications Defaults Dynamic Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to ...

Page 600: ...ics cpu sata interface statistics stack port 0 127 Parameters stack unit id Enter the keywords stack unit then a number to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data The range is 0 to 11 for the S4810 counters Enter the keyword counters to clear the counters on the selected stack member unit number counters Enter the ...

Page 601: ...rom selected hardware components S4810 Syntax clear hardware system flow layer2 stack unit number port set 0 0 counters Parameters stack unit number Enter the keywords stack unit then a number to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data The range is 0 to 11 for the S4810 port set 0 0 counters Enter the keywords port...

Page 602: ...fer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information This command enables a ha...

Page 603: ...troduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information The unit numbers given are internal port numbers show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port pipe S4810 Syntax show hardware layer3 a...

Page 604: ...ster Parameters stack unit stack unit command option Enter the keywords stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered The range is 0 to 11 buffer Enter the keyword buffer To display the total buffer statistics for the stack unit enter the keyword total buffer To display the buffer stati...

Page 605: ...ct a stacking port for which to display statistics The range is 0 to 63 unit unit number counters details port stats detail register Enter the keyword unit then 0 to 3 and then enter one of the following keywords to troubleshoot errors on the selected port pipe and to give status on why a port is not coming up to register level counters details port stats detail or register TI monitor Enter the un...

Page 606: ...27 byte pkts 1 over 255 byte pkts 2 over 511 byte pkts 2 over 1023 byte pkts 0 Multicasts 3 Broadcasts 322 Unicasts 0 throttles 0 discarded 0 collisions Rate info interval 299 seconds Input 00 00 Mbits sec Output 00 00 Mbits sec Dell Example Party Bus Dell show hardware stack unit 0 cpu party bus statistics Input Statistics 8189 packets 8076608 bytes 0 dropped 0 errors Output Statistics 366 packet...

Page 607: ...54 ge2 ena SW Yes Block Tag FA SGMII 1554 ge3 ena SW Yes Block Tag FA SGMII 1554 ge4 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge5 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge6 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge7 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge8 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge9 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 1554 ge10 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 9252 ge11 ena SW Yes Forward Tag F SGMII 92...

Page 608: ...ED ge23 0x00000005 0x0061804c ASFPORTSPEED hg0 0x00000007 0x0061904c ASFPORTSPEED hg1 0x00000007 0x0061a04c ASFPORTSPEED hg2 0x00000000 0x0061b04c ASFPORTSPEED hg3 0x00000000 0x0061c04c ASFPORTSPEED cpu0 0x00000000 0x00780000 AUX_ARB_CONTROL ipipe0 0x0000001c 0x0e700102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge0 0x00000000 0x0e701102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge1 0x00000000 0x0e702102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK ge2 0x00000000 0x0e703102 ...

Page 609: ...e number of Hg ports in devices 1 is 4 The CPU Port of the device is 28 The staring unit no the SWF in the device is 0 The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x000000000000400000000000 Front End Port Present Status 0x000000000000000000000000 Back Plane Link Status 0x00000000 Link Status of all the ports in the Device 1 The linkStatus of Front End Port 0 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front E...

Page 610: ...e2 Buffer Info Dell conf sh hardware stack unit 0 buffer unit 0 port 1 queue 2 buffer info Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port 1 Queue 2 Maximum Shared Limit 30720 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue 8 Used Packet Buffer 0 Related Commands clear hardware system flow clears the statistics from selected hardware components show interfaces stack unit displays information on all interfaces on a spec...

Page 611: ...sion 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Example Dell show hardware system flow layer2 stack unit 0 port set 0 counters EntryId Description HITS 2048 STP BPDU Redirects 0 2047 LLDP BPDU Redirects 0 2045 LACP traffic Redirects 0 2044 GVRP ...

Page 612: ...es 1 FP Entry for redirecting GVRP traffic to RSM EID 2044 gid 1 slice 15 slice_idx 0x03 prio 0x7fc flags 0x82 Installed tcam color_indep 0 higig 0 higig_mask 0 KEY 0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00210000 00000000 00000000 FPF4 0x00 MASK 0x00000000 00000000 00000000 ffffffff ffff0000 00000000 00000000 0x00 action act Drop param0 0 0x00 param1 0 0x00 action act CosQCpuNew param0 7 0x07 param...

Page 613: ...action act UpdateCounter param0 1 0x01 param1 0 0x00 output truncated Debugging and Diagnostics 613 ...

Page 614: ...614 ...

Page 615: ...re Secure DHCP Commands to Configure the System to be a DHCP Server To configure the system to be a DHCP server use the following commands clear ip dhcp Reset the DHCP counters S4810 Syntax clear ip dhcp binding address conflict server statistics Parameters binding Enter the keyword binding to delete all entries in the binding table address Enter the IP address to clear the binding entry for a sin...

Page 616: ...ver Display FTOS debugging messages for DHCP S4810 Syntax debug ip dhcp server events packets Parameters events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes packet Enter the keyword packet to display packet transmission reception Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the releva...

Page 617: ...g OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series disable Disable the DHCP server S4810 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default To enable the system to be a DHCP server use the no dis...

Page 618: ...ommand Modes DHCP POOL Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version...

Page 619: ...810 Syntax excluded address address low address high address Parameters address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool low address Enter the lowest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool high address Enter the highest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform specific For c...

Page 620: ...n 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series host For manual rather than automatic configurations assign a host to a single address pool S4810 Syntax host address Parameters address mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask Def...

Page 621: ...minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease The range is from 0 to 59 infinite Specify that the lease never expires Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP POOL Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for thi...

Page 622: ... Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series netbios node type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP...

Page 623: ... addresses in an address pool S4810 Syntax network network prefix length Parameters network prefix length Specify a range of addresses Prefix length range is from 17 to 31 Defaults none Command Modes DHCP POOL Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of...

Page 624: ...ed on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table S4810 Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant D...

Page 625: ...ic For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C...

Page 626: ... server statistics S4810 Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP as defined by RFC 21...

Page 627: ...o that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table arp inspection trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table S4810 Syntax arp inspection trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE PORT CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networki...

Page 628: ...00 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping displays the contents of the DHCP binding table ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82 S4810 Syntax ip dhcp relay information option remote id t...

Page 629: ...er to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series on Layer 2 interfac...

Page 630: ...e then the type of interface to which the host is connected For an 10 100 Ethernet interface enter the keyword fastethernet For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tengigabitethernet For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE slot port Enter the slot and port number of the interface lease time En...

Page 631: ...nooping database write delay minutes Parameters minutes The range is from 5 to 21600 Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced...

Page 632: ...n 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted S4810 Syntax no ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other pla...

Page 633: ...ll Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Version 8 2 1 0 Added the keyword ipmac Version 7 8 1 0 Introduce...

Page 634: ...erver Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introdu...

Page 635: ...sion 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Version 7 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series ip helper address Configures the destination broadcast address or the host address for DHCP server requests S4810 Syntax ip helper address vrf vrf name ip address To disable the destination broadcast address or the host add...

Page 636: ...igured with IP Source Guard S4810 Syntax show ip dhcp snooping binding source address validation Parameters binding Display the binding table source address validation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networki...

Page 637: ...t VRF ip address ip address2 ip address3 ip address4 ip address5 ip address6 Enter the IP address of the name server in dotted decimal format NOTE Use the additional ip address parameters ip address2 to ip address6 in a sequential order to specify up to a maximum of six IP addresses per VRF Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command inform...

Page 638: ...refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S Series and Z Series Usage Information Use this command to configure a domain name corresponding to a VRF This domain is appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF Example Dell co...

Page 639: ...the unqualified host names Example Dell conf ip domain list vrf jay dell com Dell conf ip domain list vrf jay force10 com ip host Configures a mapping between the host name server and the IP address for a specific VRF This mapping information is used by the name to IP address table to resolve host names S4810 Syntax ip host vrf vrf name name ip address To undo the host name server to IP address ma...

Page 640: ...he key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to delete dynamically learned host table entries corresponding to that VRF host name Enter the name of the host corresponding to which you want to delete the dynamically learnt host table entries Enter to delete all host table entries Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other pla...

Page 641: ...ntifier number for the ECMP group The range is from 2 to 64 interface Enter the following keywords and slot port to add the interface to the ECMP group 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a LAG interface enter the keywords port channel then the ...

Page 642: ... hash algorithm algorithm number ecmp crc16 crc16cc crc32MSB crc32LSB crc upper dest ip lsb xor1 xor2 xor4 xor8 xor16 number hg crc16 crc16cc crc32MSB crc32LSB xor1 xor2 xor4 xor8 xor16 stack unit stack unit number port set port pipe hg seed seed value stack unit lag checksum crc xor number nh ecmp checksum crc xor number stack unit number ip sa mask value ip da mask value seed seed value To retur...

Page 643: ...or8 Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 Upper 8 bits of CRC16 BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 xor16 Use CR16 16 bit XOR hg crc16 crc16cc crc32MSB crc32LSB xor1 xor2 xor4 xor8 xor16 stack unit stack unit number port set port pipe Z Series only Enter the keyword hg then one of the following options crc16 Use CRC16_BISYNC 16 bit CRC16 bisync polynomial default crc16cc Use CRC16_CCITT 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16 C...

Page 644: ...lot number ip sa mask value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ip sa mask followed by the ECMP LAG hash mask value The range is from 0 to FF ip da mask value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ip da mask followed by the ECMP LAG hash mask value The range is from 0 to FF Defaults IPSA and IPDA mask value is FF for the stack unit Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For comman...

Page 645: ... and IPDA the ip sa mask and ip da mask values must be equal Single Linecard When hashing is done only on IPSA or IPDA Dell Networking OS maintains bi directionality with masks set to XX 00 for stack unit 1 and 00 XX for stack unit 2 ip sa mask and ip da mask The mask value must be the same for both stack units when using multiple stack units as ingress where XX is any value from 00 to FF for both...

Page 646: ...o the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C ...

Page 647: ...the linecard port pipe number Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z900...

Page 648: ...up Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route By default when maximum paths are not configured the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route S4810 Syntax ip ecmp group maximum paths number path fallback To negate a command use the no ip ecmp group maximum paths number command Parameters maximum paths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route The range is ...

Page 649: ...ide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 10 0 Introduced on the S4810 link bundle distribution trigger threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an...

Page 650: ...w config Display the ECMP configuration S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION ECMP GROUP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version...

Page 651: ...fic For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Example Dell show link bundle distribution Link bundle trigger threshold 6...

Page 652: ...652 ...

Page 653: ...le Dell conf fips mode enable WARNING Enabling FIPS mode will close all SSH Telnet connection restart those servers and destroy all configured host keys proceed y n y Dell conf Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version h...

Page 654: ... history for this command Version 9 1 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions S4810 Syntax show ip ssh Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant...

Page 655: ... Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 aes128 cbc hmac sha1 10 11 8 13 1 aes128 cbc hmac sha1 10 1 20 48 ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname username port number and version of the SSH client S4810 Syntax ssh hostname ipv4 address ipv6 address c encryption cipher l username m HMAC alogorithm p port number v 1 2 Parameters hostname OPTIONAL Enter the IP address or the hostname of the remot...

Page 656: ...ly Without the FIPS mode enabled hmac sha1 Force ssh to use the hmac sha1 HMAC algorithm hmac shal 96 Force ssh to use the hmac sha1 96 HMAC algorithm hmac md5 Force ssh to use the hmac md5 HMAC algorithm hmac md5 96 Force ssh to use the hmac md5 96 HMAC algorithm With the FIPS mode enabled hmac sha1 Force ssh to use the hmac sha1 HMAC algorithm hmac sha1 96 Force ssh to use the hmac sha1 96 HMAC ...

Page 657: ...E Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access For more information contact your Dell Networking representative Example If FIPS mode is not enabled Dell ssh 10 11 8 12 c Encryption cipher to use for v2 client l User name option m HMAC algorithm to use for v2 clients only p SSH server port option default 22 v SSH protocol version cr Dell ssh 10 11 8 12 c 3des cbc Force ssh to ...

Page 658: ...56 cbc Force ssh to use aes256 cbc encryption cipher Dell ssh 10 11 8 12 m hmac sha1 Force ssh to use hmac sha1 HMAC algorithm hmac sha1 96 Force ssh to use hmac sha1 96 HMAC algorithm 658 FIPS Cryptography ...

Page 659: ...ss or FCF MAC address and remove the corresponding ACLs FIP snooping generates S4810 Syntax clear fip snooping database interface vlan vlan id enode enode mac address fcf fcf mac address session session mac address Parameters enode mac address Enter the ENode MAC address to be cleared of FIP snooping information fcf mac address Enter the FCF MAC address to be cleared of FIP snooping information se...

Page 660: ... FIP packet statistics to be cleared Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 debu...

Page 661: ...roduced on the S4810 debug fip snooping rx Enable debugging for FIP snooping receive specific packets S4810 Syntax debug fip snooping rx packet type all discovery virtual link instantiation virtual link maintenance vlan discovery interface Parameters packet type Enter the keyword packet type and then the option type on which to enable debugging The options are all Enter the keyword all to enable d...

Page 662: ...about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T Added the receive parameters packet type and interfaces and their options feature fip snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch S4810 Syntax feature fip snooping T...

Page 663: ...t other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping enabled VLAN is four The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported...

Page 664: ... Configure the maximum session limit per ENode MAC address S4810 Syntax fip snooping max sessions per enode mac max sessions value To return the configured maximum sessions to the default value use the no fip snooping max sessions per enode mac command Parameters max sessions value Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address The range is from 1 to 64 Defaults 32 Command Mode...

Page 665: ... 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping enabled VLAN is four fip snooping port mode fcoe trusted Configure the port for bridge to bridge links MXL Switch S4810 Syntax fip snooping port mode fcoe trusted To remove the bridge to bridge link configuration from the port use the no fip snooping port mode fcoe trusted command Command Mode...

Page 666: ...story This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Example Dell show fip snooping config FIP Snooping Feature enabled Status Enable...

Page 667: ...ence Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information The following describes the show fip snooping enode command shown in the following example Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode ENode Interface Slot port number of the interface connected t...

Page 668: ...on history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information The following describes the show fip snooping fcf command shown in the following example Field Description FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF FCF Interface Slot port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses FC MAP FC Map valu...

Page 669: ...r of the FIP packet statistics displays Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4...

Page 670: ...st Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP snoop multicast discovery advertisements received on the interface Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisements Number of FIP snoop unicast discovery advertisements received on the interface Number of FLOGI Accepts Number of FIP FLOGI accept frames received on the interface Number of FLOGI Rejects Number of FIP FLOGI reject frames received on the interface N...

Page 671: ...ejects 0 Number of CVL 0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts 0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts 0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config 0 Dell conf Dell show fip snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet 0 11 Number of Vlan Requests 1 Number of Vlan Notifications 0 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits 1 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits 0 Number of FLOGI 1 Number of FDISC 16 Numbe...

Page 672: ...lures due to Hardware Config 0 show fip snooping system Display information on the status of FIP snooping on the switch enabled or disabled including the number of FCoE VLANs FCFs ENodes and currently active sessions S4810 Syntax show fip snooping system Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the rele...

Page 673: ...Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Example Dell show fip snooping vlan Default VLAN VLAN FC MAP FCFs Enodes Sessions 1 100 0X0EFC00 1 2 17 show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform S4810 Syntax show fips status Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms...

Page 674: ...Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 674 FCoE Transit ...

Page 675: ...imary and secondary interfaces before Resilient Ring protocol is enabled A VLAN configured as the control VLAN for a ring cannot be configured as a control or member VLAN for any other ring Member VLANs across multiple rings are not supported in Master nodes If multiple rings share one or more member VLANs they cannot share any links between them Each ring can have only one Master node all others ...

Page 676: ...nge Rx and Tx counters The number of state change counters Example Dell clear frrp Clear frrp statistics counter on all ring confirm yes Dell clear frrp 4 Clear frrp statistics counter for ring 4 confirm yes Dell Related Commands show frrp displays the Resilient Ring Protocol configuration debug frrp Clear the FRRP statistics counters S4810 Syntax debug frrp event packet detail ring id count numbe...

Page 677: ...of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Usage Information Because the resilient ring protocol can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface rest...

Page 678: ...ble the resilient ring protocol S4810 Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol use the no disable command Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf frrp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version hist...

Page 679: ... port information secondary interface Enter the keyword secondary to configure the secondary interface then one of the following interfaces and slot port information Fast Ethernet interface enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot port information Port Channel interface enter the keyword port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGi...

Page 680: ...ecify the member VLAN identification numbers S4810 Syntax member vlan vlan range To return to the default use the no member vlan vlan range command Parameters vlan range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs separated by commas a range of VLAN IDs separated by a hyphen a single VLAN ID or a combination For example VLAN IDs comma separated 3 4 6 Range hyphen separated 5 10 Combination 3 4 5 10 8 De...

Page 681: ...ansit mode Defaults Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf frrp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Ver...

Page 682: ...wing is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Usage Information This command places you into the resilient ring protocol After executing th...

Page 683: ...stics counters on all the available rings Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes This command clears the following counters hello Rx and Tx counters Topology change Rx and Tx counters The number of state change counters Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings...

Page 684: ...terval milliseconds dead interval milliseconds To remove the timer use the no timer hello interval milliseconds dead interval milliseconds command Parameters hello interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello interval then the time in milliseconds to set the hello interval of the control packets The milliseconds must be entered in increments of 50 millisecond for example 50 100 150 and so on If a...

Page 685: ...rsion 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Usage Information The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node The dead interval command i...

Page 686: ...686 ...

Page 687: ...e the following components The GVRP application GARP information propagation GIP GARP information declaration GID Important Points to Remember GVRP is supported on Layer 2 ports only All VLAN ports added by GVRP are tagged GVRP is supported on untagged ports belonging to a default VLAN and tagged ports GVRP cannot be enabled on untagged ports belonging to a non default VLAN unless native VLAN is t...

Page 688: ...t were manually configured clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface S4810 Syntax clear gvrp statistics interface interface Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGig...

Page 689: ...e range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Comm...

Page 690: ...4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series and S Series Related Commands gvrp enable enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs protocol gvrp access GVRP protocol garp timers Set the intervals in milliseconds for sending GARP messages S4810 Syntax garp timers join leave leave all To return to the previous...

Page 691: ...9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series and S Series Usage Information Join Timer Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants For reliability each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval Leave Timer Leave announces the willingness to de re...

Page 692: ...troduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series and S Series Related Commands disable globally disables GVRP gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type S4810 Syntax gvrp registration fixed normal forbidden To return to the default use the gvrp register normal command Parameters fixed Ent...

Page 693: ...ceives a Leave message Therefore Registration mode on that interface is fixed Normal registration is the default registration The port s membership in the VLAN depends on GVRP The interface becomes a member of a VLAN after learning about the VLAN through GVRP If the VLAN is removed from the port that sends GVRP advertisements to this device the port stops being a member of the VLAN To advertise or...

Page 694: ...odes CONFIGURATION GVRP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Versio...

Page 695: ...uced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series and S Series Example Dell show garp timers GARP Timers Value milliseconds Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell Related Commands garp timers sets the intervals in milliseconds for sending GARP...

Page 696: ...of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series and S Series Usage Information If no ports are GVRP participants the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on port...

Page 697: ...he relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on C Series E Series and S Series Usage Information Invalid messages attributes skipped can occur in the following cases The incoming GVRP PDU has an...

Page 698: ...ived 0 LeaveIn Received 0 Leave Empty Received 0 Leave All Received 40 Join Empty Transmitted 156 Join In Transmitted 0 Empty Transmitted 0 Leave In Transmitted 0 Leave Empty Transmitted 0 Leave All Transmitted 41 Invalid Messages Attributes skipped 0 Failed Registrations 0 Dell Related Commands show gvrp displays the GVRP configuration 698 GARP VLAN Registration GVRP ...

Page 699: ...sh RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR Insert an In Service Modular Hot Fix patch S4810 Syntax patch flash RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR patch filename To remove the patch use the no patch flash RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR patch filename command Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Refe...

Page 700: ... fails over for systems with dual RPMs S4810 Syntax process restartable process count number period minutes Parameters process Configure a process to be restartable count number Enter the number of times a process can restart within the configured period The range is from 1 to 3 The default is 3 period minutes Enter the amount of time within which the process can restart count times The range is f...

Page 701: ...is from 2 to 10 The default is 3 period minutes Enter a duration in which to allow a number of automatic failovers limited to the number defined in the count parameter The range is from 5 to 9000 minutes The default is 60 minutes Default Count 3 Period 60 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the r...

Page 702: ...e no redundancy disable auto reboot rpm command Parameters rpm Enter the keyword rpm to disable auto reboot of the failed RPM Default Disabled that is the failed module is automatically rebooted Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following...

Page 703: ... Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820...

Page 704: ...rm specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 6...

Page 705: ... on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands show lacp displays the lacp configuration show redundancy displays the current redundancy configuration redundancy reset counter Reset failover counter and timestamp information displayed in the show redundancy command S4810 Syntax...

Page 706: ... Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information When you insert or remove a secondary RPM with logical SFM the system must add or remove the backplane links to the switch f...

Page 707: ...0 active 1 active redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data once between the Primary RPM and the Secondary RPM S4810 Syntax redundancy synchronize full persistent data system data Parameters full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data persistent data Enter the keywords persistent data to synchronize the startup configuration between RPMs system data Enter the keywords system data to...

Page 708: ...s Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the E Series show patch Display the system patches loaded with the In Service Modular Hot Fix command S4810 Syntax show patch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version h...

Page 709: ... The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell sho processes restartable Process name State How many times restarted Timestamp last restarted radius enabled 0 tacplus enabled 0 Dell show processes restartable history Process...

Page 710: ...ample Field Description RPM Status Displays the following information Slot number of the RPM Whether the RPM is Primary or Standby The state of the RPM Active Standby Booting or Offline Whether the link to the second RPM is up or down PEER RPM Status Displays the state of the second RPM if present RPM Redundancy Configuration Displays the following information which RPM is the preferred Primary on...

Page 711: ...d and interfaces on those line cards Runtime Event Log is the contents of the Event log Running Config is the current running config This field only appears when you enter the command from the Primary RPM Example Dell show redundancy RPM Status RPM Slot ID 1 RPM Redundancy Role Primary RPM State Active RPM SW Version 7 5 1 0 Link to Peer Up PEER RPM Status RPM State Standby RPM SW Version 7 5 1 0 ...

Page 712: ... 2007 21 28 53 Start up Config succeeded Jul 13 2007 21 28 53 SFM Config State succeeded Jul 13 2007 21 28 53 Runtime Event Log succeeded Jul 13 2007 21 28 53 Running Config succeeded Jul 13 2007 21 28 53 Dell 712 High Availability HA ...

Page 713: ...le 0 network unreachable 1 host unreachable 2 protocol unreachable 3 port unreachable 4 fragmentation needed but don t fragment bit set 5 source route failed 6 destination network unknown 7 destination host unknown 8 source host isolated obsolete 9 destination network administratively prohibited 10 destination host administratively prohibited 11 network unreachable for TOS 12 host unreachable for ...

Page 714: ...advertisement 10 0 router solicitation 11 time exceeded 0 time to live equals 0 during transit 1 time to live equals 0 during reassembly 12 parameter problem 1 IP header bad catchall error 2 required option missing 13 0 timestamp request 14 0 timestamp reply 15 0 information request obsolete 16 0 information reply obsolete 17 0 address mask request 18 0 address mask reply 714 ICMP Message Types ...

Page 715: ...S Series the maximum number of interfaces supported 31 There is no hard limit on the maximum number of groups supported IGMPv3 router interoperability with IGMPv2 and IGMPv1 routers on the same subnet is not supported An administrative command ip igmp version is added to manually set the IGMP version All commands previously used for IGMPv2 are compatible with IGMPv3 clear ip igmp groups Clear entr...

Page 716: ...list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non VLAN interfaces...

Page 717: ...orms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C ...

Page 718: ... an extended ACL To block IGMP reports from hosts on a per interface basis based on the group address and source address that you specify in the access list use this feature ip igmp group join limit To limit the number of IGMP groups that can be joined in a second use this feature S4810 Syntax ip igmp group join limit number Parameters number Enter the number of IGMP groups permitted to join in a ...

Page 719: ...er the keywords group list then a string up to 16 characters long of the prefix list name Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0...

Page 720: ...o return to the default value use the no ip igmp last member query interval command Parameters milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval The range is from 100 to 65535 The default is 1000 milliseconds Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Network...

Page 721: ...tworking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 V...

Page 722: ... following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Ve...

Page 723: ... The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Serie...

Page 724: ...ant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usa...

Page 725: ...ry is added Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Intr...

Page 726: ...10 Syntax ip igmp version 2 3 Parameters 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3 Defaults 2 that is IGMPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a li...

Page 727: ...a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 detail OPTIONAL Enter the...

Page 728: ...st to be a member of the IGMP group Member Ports Indicates the port channel If the port channel is VLT an asterisk after the port channel number indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up Example Dell show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Uptime Expires Last Reporter 225 0 0 0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00 00...

Page 729: ...a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383 For a 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot port information For a...

Page 730: ...l is up Internet address is 10 87 5 250 24 IGMP is enabled on interface IGMP query interval is 60 seconds IGMP querier timeout is 120 seconds IGMP max query response time is 10 seconds IGMP last member query response interval is 1000 ms IGMP activity 0 joins 0 leaves IGMP querying router is 10 87 5 250 this system IGMP version is 2 show ip igmp ssm map Display is a list of groups that are currentl...

Page 731: ...GMP snooping is not supported over VLAN Stack enabled VLAN interfaces you must disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface before configuring VLAN Stack related commands IGMP snooping does not react to Layer 2 topology changes triggered by spanning tree protocol STP IGMP snooping reacts to Layer 2 topology changes multiple spanning tree protocol MSTP triggers by sending a general query on the interf...

Page 732: ...nformation about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Int...

Page 733: ...ntroduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Usage Information Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database Th...

Page 734: ...the C Series and S Series in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding disable Layer 3 multicast no ip multicast routing ip igmp snooping last member query interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group Specific queries sent in response to Group Leave messages S4810 Syntax ip igmp snooping last member query interval milliseconds To return to the default ...

Page 735: ...Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface en...

Page 736: ... the interface to which a multicast router is attached To configure a static connection to the multicast router enter the ip igmp snooping mrouter interface command in the VLAN context The interface to the router must be a part of the VLAN where you are entering the command ip igmp snooping querier Enable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface S4810 Syntax ip igmp snooping querier To disab...

Page 737: ...oping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces S4810 Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter vlan number Parameters vlan number Enter the keyword vlan then the vlan number The range is from 1 to 4094 Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide Th...

Page 738: ...port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up Example Dell show ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Router Ports Vlan 2 Gi 13 3 Po 1 Dell Related Commands ip igmp snooping mrouter configures a static connection to the multicast router show ip igmp groups view groups 738 Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP ...

Page 739: ... interface OPTIONAL Enter any of the following keywords and slot port or number to clear counters from a specified interface For IPv4 access group counters enter the keyword ip For IPv6 access group counters enter the keyword ipv6 For a Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383 For MAC access group counters enter the keyword mac For a Port Channel interface enter ...

Page 740: ... of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 4 1 0 Added support E Series only for VRRP groups in a VRF instance Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Added support f...

Page 741: ...This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G l...

Page 742: ... threshold the penalty value above which the interface state is changed to error disabled The range is from 1 to 20000 The default is 2500 max suppress time Enter the maximum number for which a route can be suppressed The default is four times the half life value The range is from 1 to 86400 The default is 20 seconds Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE conf if Command History This guide is p...

Page 743: ...st 4 times half life NOTE You cannot apply dampening on an interface that is monitoring traffic for other interfaces Example Dell conf if gi 3 2 dampening 20 800 4500 120 Dell conf if gi 3 2 Related Commands clear dampening clears the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface show interfaces dampening displays interface dampening information description Assign a desc...

Page 744: ...figured as the description The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port channel Use the show interfaces description command to display descriptions configured for each interface duplex 10 100 Interfaces Configure duplex mode on any physical interfaces where the speed is set to 10 100 Syntax duplex half full To return ...

Page 745: ...e the duplex command Related Commands speed for 10 100 1000 interfaces sets the speed on the Base T Ethernet interface negotiation auto enables or disables auto negotiation on an interface flowcontrol Control how the system responds to and generates 802 3x pause frames on 10 Gig and 40 Gig ports S4810 Syntax flowcontrol rx off on tx off on Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the r...

Page 746: ...address When a port receives traffic at a higher rate than it can process the frames are stored in the port buffer As a result buffer usage increases When the buffer usage reaches the value specified in the pause threshold argument the port sends PAUSE frame to the connected link partner to stop sending the traffic Eventually this reduces the buffer usage When the buffer usage drops by the value s...

Page 747: ...ernet 0 1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on no shutdown Example Values This Example shows how Dell Networking OS negotiates the flow control values between two Dell Networking chassis connected back to back using 1G copper ports Configured LocRxConf LocTxConf RemoteRxConf RemoteTxConf off off off off off on on off on on off on off off off on on off on on on off ...

Page 748: ... enter the keyword loopback then the slot port information The range is from 0 to 16383 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a Tunnel interface enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID The range is from 1 to 16383 For a VLAN interf...

Page 749: ...configuration does not contain an IP address and enter the switchport command You can create up to 64 tunnel interfaces The tunnel is added as a logical interface with no default configuration To delete a tunnel interface use the no interface tunnel tunnel id command The tunnel interface operates as an ECMP equal cost multi path only when the next hop to the tunnel destination is over a physical i...

Page 750: ...s using VLAN IDs separated by commas a range of VLAN IDs separated by a hyphen a single VLAN ID or a combination For example VLAN IDs comma separated 3 4 6 Range hyphen separated 5 10 Slot Port information need not contain a space before and after the dash For example both of the following commands are valid interface group gigabitethernet 0 1 5 interface group gigabitethernet 0 1 5 For a Gigabit ...

Page 751: ...gigabitethernet 0 0 Dell conf if group vl 1 2 te 0 0 no shutdown Dell conf if group vl 1 2 te 0 0 end interface loopback Configure a Loopback interface S4810 Syntax interface loopback number To remove a loopback interface use the no interface loopback number command Parameters number Enter a number as the interface number The range is from 0 to 16383 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURA...

Page 752: ...agementEthernet slot port Parameters slot port Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot number 0 or 1 and port number zero 0 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS...

Page 753: ...igure a Null interface on the switch S4810 Syntax interface null number Parameters number Enter zero 0 as the Null interface number Defaults Not configured number 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Network...

Page 754: ...interface Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces slot port port channel or VLAN number Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration You can enter up to six comma separated ranges Spaces are not required between the commas Comma separated ranges can include VLANs port channels and physical interfaces Slot Port information must contain a space before and after the dash...

Page 755: ...es Usage Information When creating an interface range interfaces appear in the order they are entered they are not sorted The command verifies that interfaces are present physical or configured logical Important Points to Remember Bulk configuration is created if at least one interface is valid Non existing interfaces are excluded from the bulk configuration with a warning message The interface ra...

Page 756: ...l or SONET only those respective interfaces should be configured in a particular range Example Single Range This example shows a single range bulk configuration Dell config interface range gigabitethernet 5 1 23 Dell config if range no shutdown Dell config if range Example Multiple Range This example shows how to use commas to add different interface types to the range enabling all Gigabit Etherne...

Page 757: ... range gigabitethernet 0 1 5 is valid interface range gigabitethernet 0 1 5 is NOT valid For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a...

Page 758: ...est tengigabitethernet0 0 3 gigabitethernet 5 0 47 gigabitethernet 13 0 89 Dell show running config grep define define interface range test tengigabitethernet0 0 3 gigabitethernet5 0 47 gigabitethernet 13 0 89 Dell config interface range macro test Dell config if range te 0 0 3 gi 5 0 47 gi 13 0 89 Related Commands interface range configures a range of command bulk configuration interface range ma...

Page 759: ...rface range macro define defines a macro for an interface range bulk configuration interface vlan Configure a VLAN You can configure up to 4094 VLANs S4810 Syntax interface vlan vlan id of instance of id Parameters of instance of id Enter the keyword of instance then the OpenFlow instance ID to add the VLAN to the specified OpenFlow instance The range is from 1 to 8 NOTE Associate the OpenFlow ins...

Page 760: ...pter The following features are not supported on VLANs associated with an OpenFlow instance IPv4 IPv6 MTU If OpenFlow VLANs are configured on the switch spanning tree protocols cannot be enabled simultaneously Example Single Range Dell conf int vlan 3 Dell conf if vl 3 Related Commands interface configures a physical interface interface loopback configures a loopback interface interface null confi...

Page 761: ...gure interface type as CR4 with auto negotiation enabled also configure CR4 with auto negotiation Many DAC cable link issues are resolved by setting the interface type as CR4 Related Commands Interfaces configures a physical interface interface loopback configures a loopback interface interface null configures a null interface interface port channel configures a port channel group keepalive Send k...

Page 762: ...the E Series Usage Information When you configure keepalive the system sends a self addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up When you configure no keepalive the system does not send keepalive packets and so the local end of a WAN link remains up even if the remote end is down negotiation auto Enable auto negotiation on an interface S4810 Synta...

Page 763: ... not use the mode option the default setting is slave If you do not configure forced master or forced slave on a port the port negotiates to either a master or a slave state Port status is one of the following Forced master Force slave Master Slave Auto neg Error typically indicates that both ends of the node are configured with forced master or forced slave CAUTION Ensure that one end of your nod...

Page 764: ...e link to come up The following details the possible speed and auto negotiation combinations for a line between two 10 100 1000 Base T Ethernet interfaces Port 0 auto negotiation enabled speed 1000 or auto auto negotiation enabled speed 100 auto negotiation disabled speed 100 auto negotiation disabled speed 100 auto negotiation enabled speed 1000 or auto Port 1 auto negotiation enabled speed 1000 ...

Page 765: ...mation For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then the slot port The range is from 1 to 4094 Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The follo...

Page 766: ...iew to the next interface on the line card or if in line card mode the next line card in the chassis a Change the view to the previous interface on the line card or if in line card mode the previous line card in the chassis T Increase the screen refresh rate t Decrease the screen refresh rate q Return to the CLI prompt Example Single Interface systest 3 Monitor time 00 00 06 Refresh Intvl 2s Time ...

Page 767: ... 10 Up 17740044091 372 7373849244 79 Gi 0 11 Up 18182889225 44 7184747584 138 Gi 0 12 Up 18182682056 0 3682 1 Gi 0 13 Up 18182681434 43 6592378911 144 Gi 0 14 Up 61349 55 86281941 15 Gi 0 15 Up 59808 58 62060 27 Gi 0 16 Up 59889 1 61616 1 Gi 0 17 Up 0 0 14950126 81293 Gi 0 18 Up 0 0 0 0 Gi 0 19 Down 0 0 0 0 Gi 0 20 Up 62734 54 62766 18 Gi 0 21 Up 60198 9 200899 9 Gi 0 22 Up 17304741100 3157554 101...

Page 768: ...ations for port channels and VLANs are as follows port channels All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value The port channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members For example if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000 the port channel s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for l...

Page 769: ...orm specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduce...

Page 770: ...ll conf if gi 7 0 portmode hybrid Dell conf if gi 7 0 interface vlan 10 Dell conf if vl 10 untagged gi 7 0 Dell conf if vl 10 interface vlan 20 Dell conf if vl 20 tagged gi 7 0 Dell conf if vl 20 Example Dell conf if vl 20 do show interfaces switchport Name GigabitEthernet 7 0 802 1QTagged Hybrid Vlan membership Vlan 10 Vlan 20 Native VlanId 10 Dell conf if vl 20 Example Vlan Dell conf if vl 20 in...

Page 771: ... command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Serie...

Page 772: ...troduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell conf if fo 0 4 show config interface fortyGigE 0 4 no ip address mtu 12000 switchport no shutdown ...

Page 773: ...nge gi 1 1 2 show config interface GigabitEthernet 1 1 no ip address switchport no shutdown interface GigabitEthernet 1 2 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell conf if range gi 1 1 2 show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface S4810 Syntax show interfaces interface Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number inf...

Page 774: ...r 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 2 Included SFP and SFP optics power detail in the E Series and C Series output Version 8 2 1 0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E Series ExaScale Prior releases supported 2094 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Output expanded to include SFP media on the C Series Version 7 ...

Page 775: ...gth information is available from XFP or SFP serial data Wavelength F10 unknown Dell Force10 ID is present but not able to determine the optics type Unknown Non qualified if wavelength is reading error and F10 ID is not present Dell Networking allows unsupported SFP and XFP transceivers to be used but Dell Networking OS might not be able to retrieve some data about them In that case typically when...

Page 776: ... to FIFO overrun conditions discarded the sum of runts giants CRC and overrun packets discarded without any processing Output Statistics Displays output statistics sent out of the interface including Number of packets bytes and underruns out of the interface Packet size and the number of those packets outbound to the interface Number of Multicast Broadcast and Unicast packets Multicasts number of ...

Page 777: ...023 byte pkts 0 Multicasts 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles 0 discarded 0 collisions 0 wreddrops Rate info interval 299 seconds Input 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Output 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Time since last interface status change 3d17h51m Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default no shutdown If necessary use the ip address command...

Page 778: ...sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Output 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Time since last interface status change 1w0d5h Dell Example ManagementE thernet Dell show interfaces managementethernet 0 0 ManagementEthernet 0 0 is up line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth address is 00 01 e8 0b a9 4c Current address is 00 01 e8 0b a9 4c Pluggable media not present Interface index is ...

Page 779: ...peed 1000 Mbit Mode full duplex ARP type ARPA ARP Timeout 04 00 00 Last clearing of show interface counters 00 06 14 Queueing strategy fifo Input 791 packets 62913 bytes 775 multicast Received 0 errors 0 discarded Output 21 packets 3300 bytes 20 multicast Output 0 errors 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change 00 06 03 Example OpenFlow instance Dell show interfaces vlan 6 Vlan 6...

Page 780: ...entification numbers and configured protocols show ip interface displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces show range displays all interfaces configured using the interface range command show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non default configuration S4810 Syntax show interfaces configured Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the ...

Page 781: ...s 0 Vlans 0 throttles 0 discarded 0 collisions Rate info interval 299 seconds Input 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Output 00 00 Mbits sec 0 packets sec 0 00 of line rate Time since last interface status change 00 04 59 Dell Related Commands show interfaces displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface show interfaces dampening Display interface dampeni...

Page 782: ... for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Example Dell show interfaces dampening Interface Supp Flaps Penalty Half Life Reuse Suppress Max Sup State Gi 3 2 Up 0 0 20 800 4500 120 Gi 3 10 Up 0 0 5 750 2500 20 Dell Related Commands dampenin...

Page 783: ...ndicates the selected speed and duplex Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information When the interface completes auto negotiation successfully the autoNegComplete field and the linkstatus field read True AutoNegotiatio n Advertise Displays the control words the local interface advertises during negotiation Duplex is either half or full Asym and Sym Pause is the types of flow control the...

Page 784: ...te in meters 0 50 meters 1 50 80 meters 2 80 110 meters 3 110 140 meters 4 140 meters Link Status Up or Down Speed Auto 1000MB 100MB 10MB Example Dell show int gigabitethernet 1 0 phy Mode Control SpeedSelection 10b AutoNeg ON Loopback False PowerDown False Isolate False DuplexMode Full Mode Status AutoNegComplete False RemoteFault False LinkStatus False JabberDetect False AutoNegotation Advertise...

Page 785: ...d Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Example Dell show interfaces stack unit 0 GigabitEthernet 0 1 is down line protocol is d...

Page 786: ...ed Commands show hardware stack unit displays data plane and management plane input output statistics show interfaces displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface show interfaces status S4810 Syntax show interfaces interface linecard slot number status Parameters interface OPTIONAL Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 10 Gigabi...

Page 787: ... Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show interfaces status Port Description Status Speed Duplex Vlan Gi 0 0 Up 1000 Mbit Auto Gi 0 1 Down Auto Auto 1 Gi 0 2 Down Auto Auto 1 Gi 0 3 Down Auto Auto Gi 0 4 DellPort Up 1000 Mbit Auto 30 130 Gi 0 5 Down Auto Auto Gi 0 6 Down Auto Auto Gi 0 7 Up 10...

Page 788: ... stack unit unit id OPTIONAL Enter the keywords stack unit then the stack member number This option is available only on S Series The range is from 0 to 5 Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking ...

Page 789: ...show interfaces switchport Name GigabitEthernet 13 0 802 1QTagged Hybrid Vlan membership Vlan 2 Vlan 20 Native VlanId 20 Name GigabitEthernet 13 1 802 1QTagged True Vlan membership Vlan 2 Name GigabitEthernet 13 2 802 1QTagged True Vlan membership Vlan 2 Name GigabitEthernet 13 3 802 1QTagged True Vlan membership Vlan 2 More Related Commands interface configures a physical interface on the switch ...

Page 790: ...ist of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on theS6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Output augmented with diagnostic data f...

Page 791: ...hold Factory defined setting Value can differ between SFP and SFP RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory defined setting Value can differ between SFP and SFP Temp High Warning threshold Factory defined setting Value can differ between SFP and SFP Voltage High Warning threshold Factory defined setting Value can differ between SFP and SFP Bias High Warning threshold Factory defined setting Value can d...

Page 792: ...s either average Rx power or OMA This depends on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above If this crosses Rx power alarm warning thresholds the Rx power high alarm warning flag is set to true If it falls below the low alarm warning thresholds the Rx power low alarm warning flag is set to true Data Ready state Bar This field indicates that the transceiver has achieved power up and data is read...

Page 793: ...on the Current Temperature value displayed above Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above Tx Bias High Warning Flag This can be either true or false depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above Tx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above Rx Powe...

Page 794: ...Temp Low Alarm threshold 25 000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold 2 700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold 1 000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold 0 067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold 0 010mW SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold 90 000C SFP 1 Voltage High Warning threshold 3 700V SFP 1 Bias High Warning threshold 14 000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Warning threshold 0 631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Warnin...

Page 795: ...ng hardware identification numbers and configured protocols show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command S4810 Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE config if range Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of ...

Page 796: ...MP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G 40 interfaces not just LAG link bundles S4810 Syntax show running config ecmp group Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version histo...

Page 797: ...cover if an interface is disabled use the show ip interface brief command Disabled interfaces are listed as down Disabling a VLAN or a port channel causes different behavior When a VLAN is disabled the Layer 3 functions within that VLAN are disabled Layer 2 traffic continues to flow Entering the shutdown command on a port channel disables all traffic on the port channel and the individual interfac...

Page 798: ...LC EH GE 50P or the LC EJ GE 50P card 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface s speed to 1000 Mb s Auto negotiation is enabled For more information refer to negotiation auto NOTE When this setting is enabled only 100oBase FX optics are supported on the LC EH GE 50P or the LC EJ GE 50P card auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto negotiate its speed Auto negotiation is ena...

Page 799: ...NOTE Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7 8 1 0 when you use a copper SFP2 module with catalog number GP SFP2 1T in the S25P model of the S Series you can manually set its speed with the speed command When you set the speed to 10 or 100 Mbps you can also use the duplex command Related Commands duplex 10 100 Interfaces configures duplex mode on physical interfaces with the speed set to 10 100...

Page 800: ...ge Information This command is found on the Management interface only Related Commands interface ManagementEthernet configures the Management port on the system either the Primary or Standby RPM duplex 10 100 Interfaces configures duplex mode on physical interfaces with the speed set to 10 100 management route configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router...

Page 801: ...stem must be reloaded after issuing the CLI for the change to take effect This command cannot be used if LR4 optics are inserted on the 40G interface Example stack unit Warning message when 13 ports are configured in any port range Dell conf stack unit 0 po 48 po q Maximum number of ports that can be made Quad mode in the range 0 63 is configured Ports 52 56 60 will be disabled on reload Do you wi...

Page 802: ... guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line ...

Page 803: ...ace Selection EIS Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection EIS commands application Configure the management egress interface selection S4810 Syntax application all application type To remove a management application configuration use the no application all application type command Parameters application type Enter any of the following keywords For DNS enter the keyword dns F...

Page 804: ...e with this command refer the respective Command Reference Guide of the applicable platform of the Release 9 2 0 0 documentation set S4810 Syntax application all application type To remove a management application configuration use the no application all application type command Parameters application type Enter any of the following keywords For HTTP enter the keyword http For ICMP enter the keywo...

Page 805: ...ntr Clear management application packet fallback counters for all management application types S4810 Syntax clear management application pkt fallback cntr Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Ne...

Page 806: ...ax show ip management eis route Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 S4810 and S4820T Example Dell show ip ...

Page 807: ... cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure S4810 Syntax show management application pkt fallback cntr Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS C...

Page 808: ... aggregation control protocol LACP for dynamic LAGs refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP chapter For more information about configuring and using Port Channels refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide channel member Add an interface to the Port Channel while in INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode S4810 Syntax channel member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel use ...

Page 809: ... in Jumbo mode Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for Port Channels are All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value The Port Channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members For example if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000 the Port Channel s MTU values cannot be higher than 21...

Page 810: ...n assigns a descriptive text string to the interface interface port channel creates a Port Channel interface shutdown disables enables the port channel group Group two LAGs in a supergroup fate sharing group or failover group S4810 Syntax group group_number port channel number port channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup use the no group group_number command Parameters group_number Ent...

Page 811: ... delete a Port Channel use the no interface port channel channel number command Parameters channel number For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Comma...

Page 812: ...nnel uses 100 Mb s or 1000 Mb s as the common speed For more information refer to channel member If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis you can also configure the mtu and ip mtu commands The Link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members must be greater than the Link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the Port Channel interface NOTE In a Jumbo enabled system all members of a Po...

Page 813: ...n the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information If you use this command to configure the minimum number of links in a LAG that must be in oper up status the LAG must have at least that number of oper up links before it can be declared as up For example if the required minimum is four and only three are up the LAG is conside...

Page 814: ...ups For more information refer to the Port Channel chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Related Command group groups two LAGs in a supergroup fate sharing group show interfaces port channel displays information on configured Port Channel groups show config Display the current configuration of the selected LAG S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command His...

Page 815: ...te of the port channel and the number of interfaces in the port channel Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version...

Page 816: ... clearing Displays the time when the show interfaces counters were cleared Queueing strategy States the packet queuing strategy FIFO means first in first out packets input Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface Input 0 IP packets Displays the number of packets with IP headers VLAN tagged headers and MPLS headers The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged...

Page 817: ...underruns Output 5428 Multicasts 4 Broadcasts 1212688 Unicasts 1216142 IP Packets 0 Vlans 0 MPLS 0 throttles 0 discarded Rate info interval 299 sec Input 01 50Mbits sec 2433 packets sec Output 00 02Mbits sec 4 packets sec Time since last interface status change 00 22 34 Dell User Information The following describes the show interfaces port channel brief command shown in the following example Field...

Page 818: ... Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 incoming interface interface Enter the keywords incoming interface then the interface type and slot port or number information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the...

Page 819: ...tes based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets not for routed packets use the show ip flow command to display routed packets The show port channel flow command returns the egress port identification in a given port channel if a valid flow is entered A mismatched flow error occurs if MAC based hashing is configured for a Layer 2 interface and yo...

Page 820: ...nabled the interface The interface on the far end device must be shut down before running TDR Because TDR is an intrusive test on an interface that is not establishing a link do not run TDR on an interface that is passing traffic When testing between two devices do not run the test on both ends of the cable tdr cable test Test the condition of copper cables on 100 1000 Base T modules S4810 Syntax ...

Page 821: ... test show tdr Display the TDR test results S4810 Syntax show tdr interface Parameters interface Enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information for the 100 1000 Ethernet interface Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The f...

Page 822: ...how tdr gigabitethernet 10 47 Time since last test 00 00 02 Pair A Length OK Status Terminated Pair B Length 92 1 meters Status Short Pair C Length 93 1 meters Status Open Pair D Length 0 1 meters Status Impedance Mismatch Related Commands tdr cable test runs the TDR test UDP Broadcast The user datagram protocol UDP broadcast feature is a software based method to forward low throughput not to exce...

Page 823: ...ion history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Pre version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Example Dell debug ip udp helper UDP helper debugging is on 01 20 22 Pkt rcvd on Gi 5 0 with IP DA 0xffffffff will be sent on Gi 5 1 Gi 5 2 Vlan 3 01 44 54 Pkt rcvd on Gi 7 0 is handed over fo...

Page 824: ...ed on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Pre version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Usage Information When a UDP broadcast packet is flooded out of an interface and the outgoing interface is configured using this command the outgoing packet s IP destination address is replaced with the configured broadcast address Related Commands debug ip udp helper enables debug and ...

Page 825: ... E Series ExaScale Usage Information If you configure the ip helper address command and ip udp helper udp port command the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67 68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper address configuration This occurs regardless if the ip udp helper udp port command contains port numbers 67 68 or not If you only configure the ip udp hel...

Page 826: ...command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Pre version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Example Dell show ip udp helper Port UDP port list Gi 10 0 656 658 Gi 10 1 All Related Commands debug ip udp helper enables debug and displays the debug information on a console ip udp broadcast address configures...

Page 827: ...you enter a list of interface ranges such as interface range fo 2 0 1 te 10 0 gi 3 0 fa 0 0 this configuration is considered valid The comma separated list is not required to be separated by spaces in between the ranges You can associate multicast MAC or hardware addresses to an interface range and VLANs by using the mac address table static multicast mac address vlan vlan id output range interfac...

Page 828: ...828 ...

Page 829: ...nged Tunnel mode is used to encrypt the entire packet including the routing information in the IP header Tunnel mode is typically used in creating virtual private networks VPNs Transport mode provides IP packet payload protection using ESP You can use ESP alone or in combination with AH to provide additional authentication AH protects data from modification but does not provide confidentiality SA ...

Page 830: ...tion or authentication applied to traffic md5 Use Message Digest 5 MD5 authentication sha1 Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 SHA 1 authentication null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface esp encryption Enter the keywords esp encryption then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic The transform type represents the encryption or authenticati...

Page 831: ...e for the crypto policy set seq num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0...

Page 832: ... history for this command Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the Z9000 S4810 and S4820T match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy S4810 Syntax match seq num tcp sourceip address ipv6 address mask source port number destination ip address ipv6 address mask destination port number To remove the match filter for the crypto map use the no match seq num tcp source ip address ipv6 address mask source ...

Page 833: ...tional traffic for optimal routing Only TCP is supported Example match 0 tcp a 1 128 0 a 2 128 23 match 1 tcp a 1 128 23 a 2 128 0 match 2 tcp a 1 128 0 a 2 128 21 match 3 tcp a 1 128 21 a 2 128 0 match 4 tcp 1 1 1 1 32 0 1 1 1 2 32 23 match 5 tcp 1 1 1 1 32 23 1 1 1 2 32 0 match 6 tcp 1 1 1 1 32 0 1 1 1 2 32 21 match 7 tcp 1 1 1 1 32 21 1 1 1 2 32 0 session key Specify the session keys used in th...

Page 834: ...er platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the Z9000 S4810 and S4820T Usage Information This command is only available in the ipsec manual model The key information entry is associated with the global method for enabling clear text or encrypted di...

Page 835: ...on history for this command Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the Z9000 S4810 and S4820T Example Dell show crypto ipsec policy Policy name West Policy refcount 1 Sequence Num 10 SA Mode IPSEC MANUAL Transform Set Name dallas Peer IP Address Inbound AH SPI 0 Inbound ESP Auth SPI 0 Inbound ESP Encry SPI 256 Inbound AH Key 0 Inbound ESP Auth Key 0 Inbound ESP Encry Key 96 a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d4...

Page 836: ...ask 128 Destination port 0 source interface name source interface num Match sequence Num 2 Protocol type tcp IP or IPv6 IPv6 Source address a 1 Source mask 128 Source port 0 Destination address a 2 Destination mask 128 Destination port 21 source interface name source interface num Match sequence Num 3 Protocol type tcp IP or IPv6 IPv6 Source address a 1 Source mask 128 Source port 21 Destination a...

Page 837: ... Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG CRYPTO POLICY Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the Z9000 S4810 and S4...

Page 838: ...838 ...

Page 839: ...nter any of the following keywords and slot port or number information For the Management interface enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot port information The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet the...

Page 840: ... addresses 00 00 00 00 00 00 are also invalid You can use the vrf attribute of this command to create a static ARP entry on either a default or a non default VRF You cannot use this parameter to create any static ARPs corresponding to management VRFs When a VRF is deleted using the no ip vrf command all the static ARP configurations that belong to that VRF are removed automatically Related Command...

Page 841: ...lated Commands show arp retries displays the configured number of ARP retries arp learn enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP S4810 Syntax arp learn enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list ...

Page 842: ...name of a specific VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of ARP entries that IPv4 allows max number Enter the maximum number of ARP entries that a VRF RTM can hold The range is from 0 to 65535 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command...

Page 843: ...e Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart Related Commands show arp retries displays the configured number of ARP ...

Page 844: ...displays the ARP timeout value for all available interfaces clear arp cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete no refresh ARP entries from the content addressable memory CAM S4810 Syntax clear arp cache vrf vrf name interface ip ip address no refresh Parameters vrf vrf name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the ARP cache ...

Page 845: ...History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 ...

Page 846: ...8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series clear ip fib stack unit Clear all FIB entries in the specified stack unit use this command with caution refer to Usage Information S4810 Syntax cle...

Page 847: ...ess mask Parameters vrf vrf name Optional Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the routes corresponding to that VRF Enter an asterisk to clear all learned IP routes ip address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For comma...

Page 848: ...how ip route summary views a summary of the routing table clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters S4810 Syntax clear tcp statistics all cp rp1 rp2 Parameters all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors cp OPTIONAL Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor rp1 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword rp1 to clear only the statistics from Route ...

Page 849: ...gabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword Gigabitethernet then the slot port information For the Management interface enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot port information The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword Ten...

Page 850: ...ale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Added the count option Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on use the count option debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP relay transactions and display the information on the console S4810 Synt...

Page 851: ...LAY I PACKET BOOTP REQUEST Unicast received at interface 113 3 3 17 BOOTP Request hops 0 XID 0xda4f9503 secs 0 hwaddr 00 60 CF 20 7B 8C giaddr 0 0 0 0 00 12 40 RELAY I BOOTREQUEST Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00 60 CF 20 7B 8C to 14 4 4 2 00 12 42 RELAY I PACKET BOOTP REPLY Unicast received at interface 14 4 4 1 BOOTP Reply hops 0 XID 0xda4f9503 secs 0 hwaddr 00 60 CF 20 7B 8C giaddr 113 3 3 17 00 12...

Page 852: ...n a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a Tunnel interface enter the keywords tunnel then a number The range is from 1 to 16383 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 count va...

Page 853: ... 40 40 40 40 dst 40 40 40 40 echo reply ICMP echo request sent to dst 40 40 40 40 Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on use the count option debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received S4810 Syntax debug ip packet access group name count value interface To disable debugging use the no debug ip packet access group name count val...

Page 854: ...ms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1...

Page 855: ...0 1 2 206 Ma 0 0 len 54 sending TCP src 23 dst 40869 seq 2112994894 ack 606901739 win 8191 ACK PUSH IP s 10 1 2 206 Ma 0 0 d 10 1 2 62 len 40 rcvd TCP src 0 dst 0 seq 0 ack 0 win 0 IP s 10 1 2 62 local d 10 1 2 206 Ma 0 0 len 226 sending TCP src 23 dst 40869 seq 2112994896 ack 606901739 win 8192 ACK PUSH IP s 10 1 2 216 Ma 0 0 d 10 1 2 255 len 78 rcvd UDP src 0 dst 0 IP s 10 1 2 62 local d 10 1 2 ...

Page 856: ...ntifying the error refer to the Example below Example Error Messages Dell debug ip packet access group test Error port operator GT not supported in access list debug Error port operator LT not supported in access list debug Error port operator RANGE not supported in access list debug Error port operator NEQ not supported in access list debug Dell 00 10 45 RPM0 P CP IPMGR 3 DEBUG_IP_PACKET_ACL_AMBI...

Page 857: ...ust be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode ip directed broadcast Enables the interface to receive directed broadcast packets S4810 Syntax ip directed broadcast To disable the interface from receiving directed broadcast packets use the no ip directed broadcast command Defaults Disabled that is the int...

Page 858: ...form specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduc...

Page 859: ...kup To disable DNS lookup use the no ip domain lookup command Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Versi...

Page 860: ...lete unqualified names that is incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introd...

Page 861: ... as the client S4810 Syntax ip helper address ip address To remove a DHCP server address use the no ip helper address command Parameters ip address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format A B C D Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Ref...

Page 862: ...n port 67 and Dell Networking OS forwards to the client with source port 67 destination port 68 ip helper address hop count disable Disable the hop count increment for the DHCP relay agent S4810 Syntax ip helper address hop count disable To re enable the hop count increment use the no ip helper address hop count disable command Defaults Enabled the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremen...

Page 863: ...config displays the current configuration and changes from the default values ip host Assign a name and IP address the host to IP address mapping table uses S4810 Syntax ip host name ip address To remove an IP host use the no ip host name ip address command Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address ip address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to be mapped to t...

Page 864: ...thernet NOTE When you configure the capability to enable the loopback IP address to be sent for easy debugging and diagnosis IP addresses of the devices for which the ICMP source interface is configured the source IP address of the outgoing ICMP error message is modified although the packets are not sent out using the configured interface Because the management interface is configured without any ...

Page 865: ...ring interface from which the packet is received it is difficult to employ the ping and traceroute utilites You can enable the ICMP unreachable messages to contain the loopback address of the source device instead of the previous hop s IP address to be able to easily and quickly identify the device and devices along the path because the DNS server maps the loopback IP address to the hostname and d...

Page 866: ...You can enable the mechanism to configure the source or the originating interface from which the packet the device that generates the ICMP error messages is received by the switch to send the loopback address instead of its source IP address to be used in the ICMP unreachable messages and in the traceroute command output The loopback address must be unique in a particular domain In network environ...

Page 867: ...ry This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Ver...

Page 868: ...t of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T Usage Information Use this command to specify the maximum number of protocol routes that the Route Table Manager can hold for a specific VRF This command does not apply to the management VRFs Related Commands show ip route views the switch routing table show ipv6 route displays the IPv6 ...

Page 869: ... the link MTU value by using the mtu command Compensate for Layer 2 header when configuring link MTU on an Ethernet interface or Dell Networking OS may not fragment packets If the packet includes a Layer 2 header the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU the ip mtu command must be enough bytes to include for the Layer 2 header Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for Port Channels and VLANs are...

Page 870: ...heir use S4810 Syntax ip name server ipv4 address ipv4 address2 ipv4 address6 To remove a name server use the no ip name server ip address command Parameters ipv4 address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the name server to be used ipv4 address2 ipv4 address6 OPTIONAL Enter up five more IPv4 addresses in dotted decimal format of name servers to be used Separate the addresses with ...

Page 871: ... You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers ip proxy arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface S4810 Syntax ip proxy arp To disable proxy ARP use the no ip proxy arp command Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide T...

Page 872: ... static route corresponding to that VRF Use this VRF option after the ip route keyword to configure a static route on that particular VRF destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device mask Enter the mask in the slash prefix format x of the destination IP address ip address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router in dotted decimal format interface ip addr...

Page 873: ...n the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E Series ExaScale the prior limit was 2094 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 9 1 0 Introduced VRF on the E Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series ...

Page 874: ...ource route To drop packets with source route information use the no ip route source command Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0...

Page 875: ...he Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series load balance By default for C Series and S Series Dell Networking OS uses an IP 4 tuple IP SA IP DA Source Port and Destination Port to distribute IP traffic over mem...

Page 876: ...d source MAC address VLAN Ethertype source module ID and source port ID fields to hash The hashing mechanism returns a 3 bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded source mac Uses the source MAC address VLAN Ethertype source module ID and source port ID fields to hash The hashing mechanism returns a 3 bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded tcp udp enable...

Page 877: ...he following criteria IP source address IP destination address TCP UDP source port TCP UDP destination port Related Commands hash algorithm ecmp changes the hash algorithm across an ECMP load balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links S4810 Syntax no load balance hg ip selection ipv6 selection source ip source ...

Page 878: ...IPv4 L4 source port field in hash calculation L4 dest port Use IPv4 L4 dest port field in hash calculation mac source mac source port id source module id dest mac dest port id dest module id vlan ethertype source dest mac To use MAC key fields in hash computation enter the keyword mac then one of the parameters source mac Use source mac field in hash calculation source port id Use src port id fiel...

Page 879: ...r a forwarding router S4810 Syntax management route ip address mask ipv6 address prefix length forwarding router address managementethernet To remove a static route use the no management route ip address mask ipv6 address prefix length forwarding router address managementethernet command Parameters ip address mask Enter an IP address dotted decimal format and mask prefix format of the destination ...

Page 880: ...e C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information When a static route or a protocol route overlaps with Management static route the static route or a protocol route is preferred over the Management Static route Also Management static routes and the Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables Separate routing tables are maintained for IPv4 ...

Page 881: ...the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 ip ip address mask OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ip then an IP address in the dotted decimal format Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format x inspection Enter the keyword inspection with one of the following keywords to view ARP entries database view a list of ARP ...

Page 882: ... local ARP entries learned from private VLANs PVLANs Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following example shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN PVLAN refer to Private VLAN PVLAN If you have entered the clear arp cache command to remove a large number of ARP entr...

Page 883: ...xample Private VLAN NOTE In this example Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 in primary VLAN 10 in a PVLAN Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10 Dell show arp Protocol Address Age min Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU Internet 5 5 5 1 00 01 e8 43 96 5e Vl 10 pv 200 CP Internet 5 5 5 10 00 01 e8 44 99 55 Vl 10 CP Internet 10 1 2 4 1 00 01 e8 d5 9e e2 Ma 0 0 CP Internet 10 10 10 4 1 00 01 e8 d5 9e e2 Ma 0 0 CP...

Page 884: ...formation about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced Related Commands arp retries sets the number of ARP retries in ca...

Page 885: ... 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show hosts command in the following example Field Description Default domain Displays the domain name if configured Name address lookup States if DNS is enabled on the system If DNS is enabled the Name Address lookup is domain service If DNS is not enabled the Name Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are List...

Page 886: ...host show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card S4810 Syntax show ip cam linecard number port set pipe number ip address mask longer prefixes index index number summary vrf vrf instance Parameters number Enter the number of the line card pipe number Enter the number of the line card s port pipe The range is from 0 to 1 ip address mask longer prefix OPTIONAL Enter the IP a...

Page 887: ... 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example Field Description Index Displays the CAM index number of the entry Destination Displays the destination route of the index EC Displays the number of equal cost multipaths ECMP available for the default route for non Jumbo ...

Page 888: ...146 4 4 4 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 4 00 00 00 00 00 00 17c5 RP2 11147 3 3 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 3 00 00 00 00 00 00 17c5 RP2 11148 2 2 2 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 17c5 RP2 65535 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 17c5 RP2 Dell Usage Information The following describes the show ip cam summary command shown in the following example Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix leng...

Page 889: ...fixes ecmp group detail ecmp group detail member info detail group index index number summary Parameters id Enter the stack unit ID The unit ID range is from 0 to 11 for the S4810 port set pipe number Enter the keyword port set then the number of the stack unit s port pipe The unit ID range is from 0 to 0 for the S4810 hostname Enter the hostname in A B C D format network mask longer prefixes ecmp...

Page 890: ...in to CAM Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced...

Page 891: ...mmand shown in the following example Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix length or mask for the IP address configured on the linecard 0 port pipe 0 Current Use Displays the number of routes currently configured for the corresponding prefix or mask on the linecard 0 port pipe 0 Initial Size Displays the CAM size Dell Networking OS allocates for the corresponding mask Dell Networking...

Page 892: ... number Enter the number of the line card slot ip address mask OPTIONAL Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination Enter the IP address is dotted decimal format A B C D Enter the mask in slash prefix format X longer prefixes OPTIONAL Enter the keywords longer prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword summar...

Page 893: ...t information VId Displays the VLAN ID If no VLAN is assigned zero 0 is listed Index Displays the internal interface number EC Displays the number of ECMP paths Example Dell show ip fib linecard 12 Destination Gateway First Hop Mac Addr Port VId Index EC 3 0 0 0 8 via 100 10 10 10 So 2 8 100 10 10 10 00 01 e8 00 03 ff So 2 8 0 60260 0 3 0 0 0 8 via 101 10 10 10 So 2 9 00 10 10 0 24 Direct So 2 8 0...

Page 894: ...ivilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introd...

Page 895: ... forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface S4810 Syntax show ip flow interface interface source ip address destination ip address protocol number tcp udp src port number destination port number Parameters interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port ...

Page 896: ...e cards on ExaScale Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 9 1 0 Introduced VRF on the E Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow This information is useful in identifying which interface the pa...

Page 897: ...eyword null then zero 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a stack unit interface enter the keyword stack unit then the stack unit...

Page 898: ...ies pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example Lines Description TenGigabitEthern et 0 0 Displays the interface s type slot port and physical and line protocol status Internet address States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface If an IP address is assigned that address is displa...

Page 899: ...cates if the hardware is functioning properly Method Displays Manual if the configuration is read from the saved configuration Status States whether the interface is enabled up or disabled administratively down Protocol States whether IP is enabled up or disabled down on the interface Example Brief Dell show ip int brief Interface IP Address OK Method Status Protocol GigabitEthernet 1 0 unassigned...

Page 900: ...on active routes also Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 ...

Page 901: ...es static OPTIONAL Enter the keyword static to view non active routes also Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9...

Page 902: ...n the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled disabled added to display output Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show ip protocols Routing Protocol is bgp 1 Cluster Id is set to 20 20 20 3 Router Id is set to 20 20...

Page 903: ... the name of a configured prefix list For more information refer to the show ip route list command protocol OPTIONAL Enter the name of a routing protocol bgp isis ospf rip or the keywords connected or static NOTE bgp isis ospf and rip If you enter bgp you can include the BGP as number If you enter isis you can include the ISIS routing tag If you enter ospf you can include the OSPF process id proce...

Page 904: ... 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 9 1 0 Introduced VRF on the E Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example Field Description undefined Identifies the t...

Page 905: ...external type 1 E2 OSPF external type 2 i IS IS L1 IS IS level 1 L2 IS IS level 2 IA IS IS inter area candidate default non active route summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist Metric Last Change R 3 0 0 0 8 via 100 10 10 10 So 2 8 120 1 00 07 12 via 101 10 10 10 So 2 9 100 10 10 0 24 Direct So 2 8 0 0 00 08 54 R 100 10 10 0 24 Direct So 2 8 120 0 00 08 54 C 101 10...

Page 906: ...es in an IP prefix list S4810 Syntax show ip route list prefix list Parameters prefix list Enter the name of a configured prefix list Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history fo...

Page 907: ...i 4 43 120 2 3d1h R 2 1 2 0 24 via 2 1 4 1 Gi 4 43 120 1 3d0h R 2 1 3 0 24 via 2 1 4 1 Gi 4 43 120 1 3d1h C 2 1 4 0 24 Direct Gi 4 43 0 0 3d1h Related Commands ip prefix list enters CONFIGURATION IP PREFIX LIST mode and configures a prefix list show ip prefix list summary displays a summary of the configured prefix lists show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch S4...

Page 908: ...hen a route is learned by two different protocols If the best route or active route goes down the non active route becomes the best route ospf 100 If routing protocols OSPF RIP are configured and routes are advertised then information on those routes is displayed Total 1388 active Displays the number of active and non active routes and the memory usage of those routes If there are no routes config...

Page 909: ...rivilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Intro...

Page 910: ...on failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure Dell Networking OS sends an arp request prior to forwarding an IP packet If a reply is not received Dell Networking OS repeats the request three times These packets are counted in encapsulation failed Rcvd short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small bad length The length of the packet was not corr...

Page 911: ...21 encapsulation failed 0 no route ICMP statistics Rcvd 0 format errors 0 checksum errors 0 redirects 0 unreachable 0 echo 0 echo reply 0 mask requests 0 mask replies 0 quench 0 parameter 0 timestamp 0 info request 0 other Sent 0 redirects 0 unreachable 0 echo 0 echo reply 0 mask requests 0 mask replies 0 quench 0 timestamp 0 info reply 0 time exceeded 0 parameter problem UDP statistics Rcvd 0 tot...

Page 912: ...8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 6 4 1 0 Introduced Usage Information The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example Field Description Rcvd Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch Total t...

Page 913: ...splays the number of control packets sent and the number retransmitted 11603 data packets Displays the number of data packets sent 24 data packets retransmitted Displays the number of data packets resent 355 ack Displays the number of acknowledgement packets sent and the number of packet delayed 0 window probe Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent 7 Connections initiated Disp...

Page 914: ...5 control packets including 24 retransmitted 11603 data packets 12439677 bytes 24 data packets 7638 bytes retransmitted 355 ack only packets 41 delayed 0 window probe packets 0 window update packets 7 Connections initiated 8 connections accepted 15 connections established 14 Connections closed including 0 dropped 0 embryonic dropped 20 Total rxmt timeout 0 connections dropped in rxmt timeout 0 Kee...

Page 915: ... can use the same access list name for both IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs You can apply both IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs on an interface at the same time You can apply IPv6 ACLs on physical interfaces and a logical interfaces Port channel VLAN Non contiguous masks are not supported in source or destination addresses in IPv6 ACL entries Because the prefix mask is specified in x format in IPv6 ACLs inverse mask is not ...

Page 916: ...l 2 Dell show cam acl Related Commands cam acl configures CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs show cam acl Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs S4810 Syntax show cam acl Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell ...

Page 917: ...Line card 4 Current Settings in block sizes L2Acl 5 Ipv4Acl 6 Ipv6Acl 0 Ipv4Qos 1 L2Qos 1 Dell show cam acl Example Manual Profiles Dell show cam acl Chassis Cam ACL Current Settings in block sizes L2Acl 2 Ipv4Acl 2 Ipv6Acl 4 Ipv4Qos 2 L2Qos 3 Line card 4 Current Settings in block sizes L2Acl 2 Ipv4Acl 2 Ipv6Acl 4 Ipv4Qos 2 L2Qos 3 Dell show cam acl Related Commands cam acl configures CAM profiles...

Page 918: ...d Parameters Defaults Not configured Command Modes ACCESS LIST Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version ...

Page 919: ...net Control Message Protocol version 6 ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to filter any internet Protocol version 6 tcp Enter the keyword tcp to filter the Transmission Control protocol udp Enter the keyword udp to filter the User Datagram Protocol Defaults Not configured Command Modes ACCESS LIST Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the r...

Page 920: ...ersion 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 10 0 Introduced on the S4810 ipv6 access list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols S4810 Syntax ipv6 access list access list name cpu qos permit deny ospfv3 To delete an access list use the no ipv6 access list access list name command Parameters access list name Enter the access list name as a string up to 140 characters...

Page 921: ...roduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters Prior to version 7 8 1 0 names are up to 16 characters long Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware dep...

Page 922: ...3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Usage Information For the new settings to take effect save the new CAM settings to the startup config write mem or copy run start then reload the system The total amount of space allowed is 4 FP Blocks Example Dell Dell configure D...

Page 923: ...about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Version 8...

Page 924: ...Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10 except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10 The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 2 4 6 8 10 924 IPv6 Access Control Lists IPv6 ACLs ...

Page 925: ...t number to clear the FIB for a linecard unit number Enter the stack member number The range is from 0 to 11 for the S4810 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command V...

Page 926: ... refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 ...

Page 927: ...levant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 1 0 0 Updated Usage Information section Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Infomation SAA can configure up to two addresses If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out the corresponding address...

Page 928: ...pv6 address prefix length command Parameters ipv6 address prefix length Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x x format then the prefix length in the x format The range is from 0 to 128 NOTE The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the rel...

Page 929: ... Example Dell conf interface gigabitethernet 10 0 Dell conf if gi 10 0 ipv6 address X X X X X IPv6 address Dell conf if gi 10 0 ipv6 address 2002 1 2 3 0 128 Prefix length in bits Dell conf if gi 10 0 ipv6 address 2002 1 2 3 96 cr Dell conf if gi 10 0 ipv6 address 2002 1 2 3 96 Dell conf if gi 10 0 show config interface GigabitEthernet 10 0 no ip address ipv6 address 2002 1 2 3 96 no shutdown Dell...

Page 930: ...onf int ten 0 6 Dell conf if te 0 6 ipv6 address 801 10 64 eui64 ipv6 control plane icmp error rate limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets per second that can be sent per second S4810 Syntax ipv6 control plane icmp error rate limit 1 200 To restore the default value use the no ipv6 control plane icmp error rate limit command Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packet...

Page 931: ...tworking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information If the flowlabel value is already set for BGP or SSH the system defaults to the already configured value All packets on the same connec...

Page 932: ... on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 8 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale ipv6 name server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use S4810 Syntax ipv6 name server ipv6 address ipv6 address2 ipv6 address6 To remove a name server use the no ipv6 name server ipv6 address command P...

Page 933: ...To perform duplicate address detection DAD on the management interface configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent S4810 Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts number of attempts To restore the default value use the no ipv6 nd dad attempts command Parameters number of attempts Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate address The range is from 0 to 15 Setting the ...

Page 934: ...ateless Address Autoconfiguration no rtr address Enter the keyword no rtr address to exclude the full router address from router advertisements the R bit is not set off link Enter the keywords off link to advertise the prefix without stating to recipients that the prefix is either on link or off link valid lifetime infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised or enter infinite f...

Page 935: ...cannot be applied using the ipv6 nd prefix default no autoconfig command ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route S4810 Syntax ipv6 route ipv6 address prefix length ipv6 address interface interface ipv6 address distance tag value permanent To remove the IPv6 route use the no ipv6 route ipv6 address prefix length ipv6 address interface interface ipv6 address distance tag value permanent command Par...

Page 936: ...exadecimal fields of zeros distance OPTIONAL Enter a number as the metric distance assigned to the route The range is from 1 to 255 tag value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword tag then a tag value number The range is from 1 to 4294967295 permanent OPTIONAL Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route is not to be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down NOTE If you disable ...

Page 937: ...nce metric for this route permanent Permanent route tag Set tag for this route Dell conf ipv6 route 55 0 64 X X X X X Forwarding router s address gigabitethernet Gigabit Ethernet interface loopback Loopback interface null Null interface port channel Port channel interface sonet Sonet interface tenGigabitethernet TenGigabit Ethernet interface vlan VLAN interface Dell conf ipv6 route 55 0 64 gigabit...

Page 938: ...able unicast routing the no ipv6 unicast routing command is included in the running configuration Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re enabled Dell Networking OS generates a syslog message indicating the action Disabling unicast routing on an E Series chassis causes the following behavior static and protocol learned routes are removed from RTM and from the CAM packet forwarding to these rout...

Page 939: ...mmand Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 1 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information First Hop information is not shown for installed routes in the IPv6 content addressable memory CAM However the same is shown in the forwarding information base FIB NOTE If a route has a mask greater than 64 no o...

Page 940: ...d on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Related Commands ipv6 flowlabel zero Configure IPv6 address auto configuration for the management interface show ipv6 fib stack unit View all FIB entries S4810 Syntax show ipv6 fib stack unit unit number summary ipv6 address Parameters slot number Enter the number of the stack unit The range is from 0 to 11 summary OPTIONAL Enter the keyword s...

Page 941: ...on the show ipv6 fib stack unit output for neighbor entries such as address resolution protocol ARP entries show ipv6 flowlabel zero Display the flow label zero setting S4810 Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference...

Page 942: ...e slot port information For stacking enter the keywords stack unit then the stack unit ID For a tunnel interface enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN For a port channel interface enter the keywords port channel brief OPTIONAL View a summary of IPv6 interfaces configured OPTIONAL View information on all IPv6 configured interfaces gigabitethernet OP...

Page 943: ... S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Added support for the managementethernet slot port parameter Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default no shutdown If necessary use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port Example Dell Dell ...

Page 944: ...DAD is enabled number of DAD attempts 3 ND reachable time is 31000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND retransmit interval is 1000 milliseconds ND hop limit is 64 Dell Example Brief Dell show ipv6 interface brief TenGigabitEthernet 0 44 up up fe80 201 e8ff fe8b 3883 4001 2 3 64 ManagementEthernet 0 0 up up fe80 201 e8ff fe8b 3883 33 1 64 Tunnel 45 up up fe80 201 e8ff fe8b ...

Page 945: ...history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 mld host command shown in the following example Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared Reports The total ...

Page 946: ...in the x format The range is from 0 to 128 NOTE The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros hostname OPTIONAL View information for this IPv6 routes with Host Name all OPTIONAL View information for all IPv6 routes bgp OPTIONAL View information for all IPv6 BGP routes connected OPTIONAL View only the directly connected IPv6 routes isis OPTIONAL View information for all IPv6 IS IS r...

Page 947: ...on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples Field Description undefined Identifies the type of route L Local C connected S static R RIP B BGP IN internal BGP EX external BGP LO Locally Originated O OSPF IA OS...

Page 948: ...Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Dist Metric Gateway Last Change C 2001 64 0 0 Direct Gi 1 1 00 28 49 C 2002 120 0 0 Direct Gi 1 1 00 28 49 C 2003 120 0 0 Direct Gi 1 1 00 28 49 C 2004 32 0 0 Direct Gi 1 1 00 28 49 L fe80 10 0 0 Direct Nu 0 00 29 09 Example S Series Dell show ipv6 route Codes C connected L local S static R RIP B BGP IN internal BGP EX external BGP LO Locally Originate...

Page 949: ...g OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Usage Information When you configure tru...

Page 950: ...IPv6 Service Class Field Queue ID 101XXXXX 5 100XXXXX 4 011XXXXX 3 010XXXXX 2 001XXXXX 1 000XXXXX 0 950 IPv6 Basics ...

Page 951: ... app tlv iscsi command Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 V...

Page 952: ...st of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module iscsi cos Set the QoS policy that is applied to the iSCSI flows S4810 Syntax iscsi cos enable disable dot1p vlan priority value remark dscp dscp value remark To disable the QoS policy use the no...

Page 953: ...packets is not changed remark Marks the incoming iSCSI packets with the configured dot1p or DSCP value when they egress to the switch The default is the dot1and DSCP values in egress packets are not changed Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line...

Page 954: ...n MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module iscsi priority bits Configure the priority bitmap that advertises in the iSCSI application TLVs S4810 Syntax iscsi priority bits To remove the configured priority bitmap use the no iscsi priority bits command Defaults 4 0x10 in the bitmap Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP only on the global not on the interface Command History This guide is platform specific For command i...

Page 955: ...Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication is monitored S4810...

Page 956: ...s refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information You can configure up to 16 target TCP ports on the switch in one command or multipl...

Page 957: ...er of connections is 256 iSCSI Targets and TCP Ports TCP Port Target IP Address 3260 860 Related Commands show iscsi session displays information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch show iscsi session detailed displays detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch show run iscsi shows run iscsi show iscsi session Display information about active iSCSI sessions on the switch ...

Page 958: ... the switch is reloaded any information exchanged during the initial handshake is not available If the switch picks up the communication after reloading it would detect a session was in progress but could not obtain complete information for it Any incomplete information of this type would not be available in the show commands Related Commands show iscsi displays the currently configured iSCSI sett...

Page 959: ...r iscsi 2c Up Time 00 00 01 28 DD HH MM SS Time for aging out 00 00 09 34 DD HH MM SS ISID 806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10 10 0 44 33345 10 10 0 101 3260 0 Session 1 Target iqn 2010 11 com ixia ixload iscsi TG1 Initiator iqn 2010 11 com ixia ixload initiator iscsi 35 Up Time 00 00 01 22 DD HH MM SS Time for aging out 00 00 09 3...

Page 960: ...rence Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 16 0 Introduced on MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Related Commands show iscsi displays the currently configured iSCSI settings show iscsi session displays detailed information about active iSCSI sessions on the ...

Page 961: ...OS Configuration Guide NOTE The fundamental mechanisms of IS IS are the same between IPv4 and IPv6 Where there are differences between the two versions they are identified and clarified in this chapter Except where identified the information in this chapter applies to both protocol versions adjacency check Verify that the protocols supported field of the IS IS neighbor contains matching values to ...

Page 962: ...ise Level 1 routes into Level 2 LSPs This setting is the default level2 into level1 Enter the keywords level2 into level1 to advertise Level 2 inter area routes into Level 1 LSPs This behavior is described in RFC 2966 prefix list name Enter the name of a configured IP prefix list Routes meeting the criteria of the IP Prefix list are leaked Defaults level1 into level2 Level 1 to Level 2 leaking ena...

Page 963: ...ord To delete a password use the no area password command Parameters hmac md5 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords hmac md5 to encrypt the password encryption type OPTIONAL Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES password Enter a 1 to 16 character length alphanumeric string to prevent unauthorized access or incorrect routing information corrupting the link state database The password is processed as plai...

Page 964: ...configurations that display under the router isis heading of the show running config command output S4810 Syntax clear config Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command V...

Page 965: ...se information and the full SPF calculation is done database Clears IS IS LSP database information traffic Clears IS IS counters Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this com...

Page 966: ...ng is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address use this command Relate...

Page 967: ... the no debug isis command debug isis adj packets Enable debugging on adjacency related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS IS adjacencies S4810 Syntax debug isis adj packets interface To turn off debugging use the no debug isis adj packets interface command Parameters interface OPTIONAL Identifies the interface type slot port as one of the following For a 40 Gigabit Et...

Page 968: ...ormation S4810 Syntax debug isis local updates interface To turn off debugging use the no debug isis local updates interface command Parameters interface OPTIONAL Identifies the interface type slot port as one of the following For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the sl...

Page 969: ...ce To turn off debugging use the no debug isis snp packets interface command Parameters interface OPTIONAL Identifies the interface type slot port as one of the following For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter t...

Page 970: ...ntax debug isis spf triggers To turn off debugging use the no debug isis spf triggers command Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on ...

Page 971: ...rds port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Lin...

Page 972: ...ILY IPV6 for IPv6 Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 ...

Page 973: ...show isis database displays the IS IS link state database description Enter a description of the IS IS routing protocol S4810 Syntax description description To remove the description use the no description description command Parameters description Enter a description to identify the IS IS protocol 80 characters maximum Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version 9 0 2 0 Introd...

Page 974: ... ISIS for IPv4 CONFIGURATION ROUTER ISIS ADDRESS FAMILY IPV6 for IPv6 Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T V...

Page 975: ...ange is from 1 to 128 For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet then the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER ISIS for IPv4 CONFIGURATION ROUTER ISIS ADDRESS FAMILY IPV6 for IPv6 Command History This...

Page 976: ...ectly connected routing process ospf process id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword ospf then the OSPF process ID number The range is from 1 to 65535 bgp as number OPTIONAL Enter the BGP then the AS Number The range is from 1 to 65535 rip OPTIONAL Enter the keyword rip for RIP routes static OPTIONAL Enter the keyword static for user configured routing process Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER IS...

Page 977: ...4810 Syntax distribute list redistributed override in To return to the default use the no distribute list redistributed override in command Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER ISIS for IPv4 CONFIGURATION ROUTER ISIS ADDRESS FAMILY IPV6 for IPv6 Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Referenc...

Page 978: ...ify an encryption type or hmac md5 keywords the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security Defaults No default password Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history...

Page 979: ...his command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV This restart enables re starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capa...

Page 980: ...levant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the E Series graceful restart restart wait Enable the graceful resta...

Page 981: ... the overall wait time before graceful restart completes graceful restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV until the CSNP is received from the helping router S4810 Syntax graceful restart t1 interval seconds retry times value To re...

Page 982: ... time for each database to synchronize S4810 Syntax graceful restart t2 level 1 level 2 seconds To return to the default use the no graceful restart t2 command Parameters level 1 level 2 Enter the keywords level 1 or level 2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies seconds Enter the gracefule restart t2 time in seconds The range is from 5 to 120 seconds The default...

Page 983: ... have configured this option manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses The range is from 50 to 120 seconds The default is 30 seconds Defaults manual 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The ...

Page 984: ...n ON or OFF padding for LAN and point to point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point to point hello PDUs S4810 Syntax hello padding multi point point to point To return to the default use the no hello padding multi point point to point command Parameters multi point OPTIONAL Enter the keywords multi point to pad only LAN hello PDUs point to point OPTIONAL Enter the k...

Page 985: ... disable this command use the no hostname dynamic command Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 ...

Page 986: ...n 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Usage Information IS IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum causing the LSP source to regenerate the message A cycle of purging and regenerating LSPs can occur when a network link continues to deliver accurate LSPs even though there is a link causing data corruption This process could cause disruption...

Page 987: ...rmation To assign a network entity title to enable IS IS use the net command Related Commands net configures an IS IS network entity title NET for the routing process router isis enables the IS IS routing protocol ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS IS process S4810 Syntax ipv6 router isis tag To disable IS IS routing use the no router isis tag command Pa...

Page 988: ...S IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing A level 1 2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time Related Commands net configures an IS IS network entity title NET for the routing process is type assigns a type for a given area isis circuit type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces S4810 Syntax isis circuit type level 1 level 1 2 level 2 only To return to the defa...

Page 989: ...vel 2 adjacencies you do not need to configure this command Routers in an IS IS system must be configured as a Level 1 only Level 1 2 or Level 2 only system Only configure interfaces as Level 1 or Level 2 on routers that are between areas for example a Level 1 2 router to prevent the software from sending unused hello packets and wasting bandwidth isis csnp interval Configure the IS IS complete se...

Page 990: ...d are typically satisfactory transmission times for a specific interface on a designated intermediate system To maintain database synchronization the designated routers send CSNPs You can configure Level 1 and Level 2 CSNP intervals independently isis hello interval Specify the length of time between hello packets sent S4810 Syntax isis hello interval seconds level 1 level 2 To return to the defau...

Page 991: ...U resources Related Commands isis hello multiplier specifies the number of IS IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency as down isis hello multiplier Specify the number of IS IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency down S4810 Syntax isis hello multiplier multiplier level 1 level 2 To return to the default values use the no...

Page 992: ...a neighbor waits for a hello packet before declaring the neighbor is down so routes can be recalculated Related Commands isis hello interval specifies the length of time between hello packets isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode S4810 Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default use the no isis hello padding command Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is ena...

Page 993: ...er via the links in the network to other destinations You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing The range is from 0 to 16777215 The default is 10 level 1 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 1 to configure the shortest path first SPF calculation for Level 1 intra area routing This value is the default level 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 2 to configure the SPF calculation for ...

Page 994: ...l 1 or Level 2 routing The range is from 0 to 63 for narrow and transition metric styles and from 0 to 16777215 for wide metric styles The default is 10 level 1 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 1 to configure the shortest path first SPF calculation for Level 1 intra area routing This setting is the default level 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 2 to configure the SPF calculation for Level 2 in...

Page 995: ...to point command Defaults Not enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8...

Page 996: ... This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Usag...

Page 997: ...ing OSCommand Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Usage Information You can configure priorities independently for Level 1 and Level 2 Priorities determine which router...

Page 998: ...ll Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Usage Information The IS IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 ...

Page 999: ...Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Usage Information This command allows you to monitor adjacency state changes which are useful when you monitor large networks Messages are logged in the system s error message facility lsp gen interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link state packets LSPs S4810 Syntax lsp gen interval level l level 2 inte...

Page 1000: ...his command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement Usage Information LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability Even though throttling LSP generations slows down ...

Page 1001: ...specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 5 1 0 Added suppor...

Page 1002: ...nd Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement Usage Information The refresh interval determines the rate at which ...

Page 1003: ...ommand Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 5 1 0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement Usage Information To configure the number of area addresses on router use this command This value must be consistent with routers in the same area otherwise the router ...

Page 1004: ...ersion 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Usage Information Change the maximum LSP lifetime with this command The maximum LSP lifetime must always be greater than the LSP refresh interval The seconds parameter enables the router to keep LSPs for the specified length of time If the value is higher the overhead is reduced on slower speed links Related Commands lsp refresh interval sets the link state ...

Page 1005: ...Introduced metric style To generate and accept old style new style or both styles of type length and values TLV configure a router S4810 Syntax metric style narrow transition transition wide transition level 1 level 2 To return to the default values use the no metric style narrow transition transition wide transition level 1 level 2 command Parameters narrow Allows you to generate and accept old s...

Page 1006: ...yle TLVs The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old style and new style TLVs The new style TLVs have wider metric fields than old style TLVs Related Commands isis metric configures a metric for an interface multi topology Enables multi topology IS IS It also allows enabling disabling of old and new style TLVs for IP prefix information in the LSPs S4810 Syntax m...

Page 1007: ...rea address and system ID for an IS IS routing process The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address The next 6 bytes identify the system ID The last 1 byte is the selector byte always identified as zero zero 00 This argument can be applied to an address or a name Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about oth...

Page 1008: ...ort information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The...

Page 1009: ...lue to the redistributed route The range is from 0 to 16777215 The default is 0 Use a value that is consistent with the destination protocol metric type external internal OPTIONAL The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain Specify one of the following external internal level 1 OPTIONAL Routes are independently redistributed into IS IS as Level 1 route...

Page 1010: ...s received the Dell Networking OS considers the route cost while considering the advertised cost to reach the destination Redistributed routing information is filtered with the distribute list out command to ensure that the routes are properly are passed to the receiving routing protocol How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the m...

Page 1011: ...e that is consistent with the destination protocol The range is from 0 to 16777215 The default is 0 metric type external internal OPTIONAL The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain The two options are external internal route map map name map name is an identifier for a configured route map The route map filters imported routes from the source routing...

Page 1012: ...ibute bgp 1 level 1 metric 32 metric type external route map rmap isis to bgp redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process S4810 Syntax redistribute ospf process id level 1 level 1 2 level 2 match internal external metric metric value metric type external internal route map map name To return to the default values use the no redistribute ospf process id level 1 level 1 2...

Page 1013: ...ould filter imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol If you do not specify a map name all routes are redistributed If you specify a keyword but fail to list route map tags no routes are imported Defaults Refer to Parameters Command Modes ROUTER ISIS for IPv4 CONFIGURATION ROUTER ISIS ADDRESS FAMILY IPV6 for IPv6 Command History This guide is platform specifi...

Page 1014: ... routing process A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified The tag name must be unique for all IP router processes for a given router Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell N...

Page 1015: ...IS for IPv4 CONFIGURATION ROUTER ISIS ADDRESS FAMILY IPV6 for IPv6 Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Vers...

Page 1016: ...on the S4810 Example Router Isis The bold section identifies that Multi Topology IS IS is enabled in Transition mode FTOS conf router_isis show config router isis clns host ISIS 49 0000 0001 F100 E120 0013 00 log adjacency changes net 49 0000 0001 F100 E120 0013 00 address family ipv6 unicast maximum paths 16 multi topology transition set overload bit spf interval level 1 100 15 20 spf interval le...

Page 1017: ... the specified LSP Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Int...

Page 1018: ... holdtime indicates that this is a purged LSP and is being removed from the link state database A value between brackets indicates the duration that the purged LSP stays in the database before being removed ATT This value represents the Attach bit This value indicates that the router is a Level 2 router and can reach other areas Level 1 only routers and Level 1 2 routers that have lost connection ...

Page 1019: ...State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT P OL ISIS 00 00 0x0000002D 0xB2CD 1075 0 0 0 Area Address 49 0000 0001 NLPID 0xCC 0x8E IP Address 10 1 1 1 IPv6 Address 1011 1 Topology IPv4 0x00 IPv6 0x8002 Metric 10 IS OSPF 00 Metric 10 IS MT IPv6 OSPF 00 Metric 10 IP 10 1 1 0 255 255 255 0 Metric 10 IP 15 1 1 0 255 255 255 0 Metric 20 IP 10 3 3 0 255 255 255 0 Metric 10 IPv6 MT IPv...

Page 1020: ...30 T2 Timeout Value 30 level 1 30 level 2 T1 Timeout Value 5 retry count 1 Adjacency wait time 30 Operational Timer Value Current Mode State Normal RUNNING T3 Time left 0 T2 Time left 0 level 1 0 level 2 Restart ACK rcv count 0 level 1 0 level 2 Restart Req rcv count 0 level 1 0 level 2 Suppress Adj rcv count 0 level 1 0 level 2 Restart CSNP rcv count 0 level 1 0 level 2 Database Sync count 0 leve...

Page 1021: ...or a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For Loopback interface enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383 For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the...

Page 1022: ...nds LSP Interval 33 GigabitEthernet 0 8 is up line protocol is up MTU 1497 Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol IS IS Circuit Type Level 1 2 Interface Index 38371358 Local circuit ID 2 Level 1 Metric 10 Priority 64 Circuit ID systest 3 02 Hello Interval 10 Hello Multiplier 3 CSNP Interval 10 Number of active level 1 adjacencies 1 Level 2 Metric 10 Priority 64 Circuit ID systest 3 02 Hello Interval 1...

Page 1023: ...0T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Usage Information Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly If you suspect that they are not you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command The following describes the show isis neighbors command shown in the following exa...

Page 1024: ...ology IPv4 IPv6 Common IPv4 IPv6 Adjacency being used for MTs IPv4 IPv6 FTOS show isis protocol Display IS IS routing information S4810 Syntax show isis protocol Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Netw...

Page 1025: ...face type slot port as one of the following For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGiga...

Page 1026: ...plays the number of CSNP LSPs sent and received Level 1 Level 2 LSPs PSNPs sent rcvd Displays the number of PSNP LPSs sent and received Level 1 Level 2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran Level 1 Level 2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received LSP...

Page 1027: ...ONAL Enter the keyword level 2 to apply the configuration to Level 2 SPF calculations interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between SPF calculations The range is from 0 to 120 seconds The default is 10 seconds initial_wait_inte rval seconds OPTIONAL Enter the initial wait time in seconds before running the first SPF calculations The range is from 0 to 120 seconds The default is 5 se...

Page 1028: ...ulations are performed during network instability Even though throttling route calculations slows down network convergence not throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected If network topology is unstable throttling slows down the scheduling of route calculations until the topology regains its stability The first route calculation is controlled by the initial wait interval and the...

Page 1029: ...s Clear port channel counters S4810 Syntax clear lacp port channel number counters Parameters port channel number Enter a port channel number The range is from 1 to 128 Defaults Without a Port Channel specified the command clears all Port Channel counters Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the rel...

Page 1030: ...L Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information Optionally enter an in or out param...

Page 1031: ...t command Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE conf if po number Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 ...

Page 1032: ...priority The range is from 1 to 65535 The default is 32768 Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 ...

Page 1033: ...mmand Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Serie...

Page 1034: ...ured Port Channel groups show lacp Display the LACP matrix S4810 Syntax show lacp port channel number sys id counters Parameters port channel number Enter a port channel number The range is from 1 to 128 sys id OPTIONAL Enter the keywords sys id and the value that identifies a system counters OPTIONAL Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters Defaults Without a Port Channel specified...

Page 1035: ...nabled J Collection disabled K Distribution enabled L Distribution disabled M Partner Defaulted N Partner Non defaulted O Receiver is in expired state P Receiver is not in expired state Port Gi 10 6 is enabled LACP is enabled and mode is lacp Actor Admin State ACEHJLMP Key 1 Priority 128 Oper State ACEGIKNP Key 1 Priority 128 Partner Admin State BDFHJLMP Key 0 Priority 0 Oper State BCEGIKNP Key 1 ...

Page 1036: ...1036 ...

Page 1037: ...id Parameters dynamic Enter the keyword dynamic to specify dynamically learned MAC addresses sticky Enter the keyword sticky to specify sticky MAC addresses address mac address Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in nn nn nn nn nn nn format all Enter the keyword all to delete all MAC address entries in the MAC address table interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or...

Page 1038: ... the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series mac address table aging time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table S4810 Syntax mac address table aging time seconds Parameters seconds Enter either zero 0 or a number as the number of seconds before MAC addresses are rel...

Page 1039: ... address table static mac address multicast vlan vlan id output range interface output interface vlan vlan id To remove a MAC address use the no mac address table static mac address output interface vlan vlan id command Parameters mac address Enter the 48 bit hexadecimal address in nn nn nn nn nn nn format multicast Enter a vlan port to where L2 multicast MAC traffic is forwarded NOTE Use this opt...

Page 1040: ...e is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 1 0 0 Added support for output range parameter for S4810 and Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 In...

Page 1041: ...NFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 ...

Page 1042: ...on a selected interface S4810 Syntax mac learning limit address_limit vlan vlan id station move violation dynamic dynamic no station move station move Parameters address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface The range is from 1 to 1000000 vlan vlan id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID The range is from 1 to 4094 dynamic OPTIONAL Enter the keyword dyn...

Page 1043: ... per VLAN basis With the keyword no station move option MAC addresses learned through this feature on the selected interface persist on a per VLAN basis even if received on another interface Enabling or disabling this option has no effect on already learned MAC addresses After the MAC address learning limit is reached the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option To clear stat...

Page 1044: ... conf if interface slot port Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 V...

Page 1045: ...istory for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information If you configure mac learn limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes st...

Page 1046: ...r platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on...

Page 1047: ...am mac linecard slot port set port pipe count vlan vlan id interface interface Parameters linecard slot REQUIRED Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information port set port pipe REQUIRED Enter the keywords port set then a Port Pipe number to select the Port Pipe for which to gather information count REQUIRED Enter the keyword count to display ...

Page 1048: ...10 Syntax show cam mac linecard slot port set port pipe address mac_addr dynamic interface interface static vlan vlan id Parameters linecard slot REQUIRED Enter the keyword linecard then a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information port set port pipe REQUIRED Enter the keywords port set then a Port Pipe number to select the Port Pipe for which to gather information The rang...

Page 1049: ... Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show cam mac linecard 1 port set 0 Port TableID assignments 00 01 01 01 02 01 03 01 04 01 05 01 06 01 07 01 08 01 09 01 10 01 11 01 12 01 13 01 14 01 15 01 16 01 17 01 18 01 19 01 20 01 21 01 22 01 23 01 Index Table ID VlanId Mac Address Region Interface 0 1 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 3b LOCAL_DA 1e000 1 1 0 00 01 e8 0d b7 3a LOCAL_DA 1e000 101 0 0 00...

Page 1050: ...binations address mac address interface interface or vlan vlan id aging time Enter the keyword aging time to display only aging time information interface interface OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interface then the interface type slot and port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the ...

Page 1051: ...ersion 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show mac address table command shown in the following example Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn nn nn nn nn nn format Type Lists whether the MAC addres...

Page 1052: ...arned Dynamic or associated with a specific port Sticky An N indicates that the specified MAC address has been learnt by a neighbor and is synced to the node Interface Displays the interface type and slot port information The following abbreviations describe the interface types gi Gigabit Ethernet followed by a slot port po Port Channel followed by a number Range for Terascale is from 1 to 255 so ...

Page 1053: ... Parameters vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN The range is from 1 to 4094 Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS ve...

Page 1054: ... and port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN The range is from 1 to 4094 Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command...

Page 1055: ...Te 11 0 2000 10000 5120000 Dell 1 Related Commands show mac accounting access list displays the MAC access list configurations and counters if configured show mac learning limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces S4810 Syntax show mac learning limit violate action detail interface interface Parameters violate action OPTIONALY Enter the keywords violate action to display...

Page 1056: ...l show mac learning limit Interface Learning Dynamic Static Unknown SA Slot port Limit MAC count MAC count Drops Gi 1 0 10 0 0 0 Gi 1 1 5 0 0 0 Dell show mac learning limit interface gig 1 0 Interface Learning Dynamic Static Unknown SA Slot port Limit MAC count MAC count Drops Gi 1 0 10 0 0 0 Virtual LAN VLAN Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs VLANs VLANs are a virt...

Page 1057: ... other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduc...

Page 1058: ...n the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced Usage Information The no default vlan disable command is not listed in the running configuration but when the default VLAN is disabled default vlan disable is listed in the running configuration name Assign a name to the VLAN S4810 Syntax name vlan name To remove the name from the VLAN use the no name command Parameters...

Page 1059: ...s on the switch show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 ...

Page 1060: ...nfigured for the VLAN Only information on the VLAN named is displayed Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9...

Page 1061: ...or inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs Q Displays G for GVRP tagged M for member of a VLAN Stack VLAN T for tagged interface U for untagged interface x not capitalized x for Dot1x untagged X capitalized X for Dot1x tagged o not capitalized o for OpenFlow untagged O capitalized O for OpenFlow tagged H for VSN tagged i not capitalized i for Internal untagged I capitalized I for Inter...

Page 1062: ... 6 T Gi 13 7 U Gi 13 5 P 100 Active T Po1 Gi 0 1 T Gi 0 2 C 101 Inactive T Gi 0 3 I 102 Inactive T Gi 0 4 Dell Example VLAN ID Dell show vlan id 40 Codes Default VLAN G GVRP VLANs Q U Untagged T Tagged x Dot1x untagged X Dot1x tagged G GVRP tagged M Vlan stack NUM Status Description Q Ports 40 Active M Gi 13 47 Dell show vlan id 41 Codes Default VLAN G GVRP VLANs Q U Untagged T Tagged x Dot1x unta...

Page 1063: ...Inactive O 12 Inactive O Te 0 10 Related Commands vlan stack compatible enables the Stackable VLAN feature on the selected VLAN interface vlan configures a VLAN tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface S4810 Syntax tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN use the no tagged interface command Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or nu...

Page 1064: ... 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information When you use the no tagged command the interface is automatically placed in the Default VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN If the interface belongs to several VLANs remove it from all VLANs to change it to an untagged interface Tagged interfaces can belong to multiple VLANs while untagged interfaces can o...

Page 1065: ...T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information When this command is configured the VLAN is operationally UP if any of the interfaces specified in...

Page 1066: ...his guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G li...

Page 1067: ...packets interface command Parameters events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging of FEFD state changes packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port in...

Page 1068: ...the keyword mode followed by the mode type to specify the FEFD mode normal Change the link state to unknown when a far end failure is detected by the software on that interface When the interface is placed in an unknown state the software brings down the line protocol aggressive Change the link state to error disabled when a far end failure is detected by the software on that interface When an int...

Page 1069: ...overrides the fefd reset command for the interface S4810 Syntax fefd disable To re enable FEFD on an interface use the no fefd disable command Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networkin...

Page 1070: ...ERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Legacy E Series command...

Page 1071: ...ation about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Legacy E Series command Related Commands fefd enables far end failure detection fefd reset Reset...

Page 1072: ...efd enables far end failure detection fefd global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets S4810 Syntax fefd global interval seconds To return to the default value use the no fefd global interval command Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets The range is from 3 to 300 seconds The default is 15 seconds Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGU...

Page 1073: ... change the link state to unknown when a far end failure the software detects on that interface When the interface is placed in unknown state the software brings down the line protocol The default is Normal mode aggressive OPTIONAL Enter the keywords mode aggressive to change the link state to error disabled when a far end failure the software detects on that interface When an interface is placed ...

Page 1074: ... output show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface S4810 Syntax show fefd interface Parameters interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information Co...

Page 1075: ...ce has not hearing its neighbor s echoes for three times the message interval To reset an interface in this state use the fefd reset command unknown only found when FEFD mode is normal locally disabled interface contains the fefd reset command in its configuration Admin Shutdown interface is disabled with the shutdown command Example Dell sh fefd FEFD is globally ON interval is 10 seconds mode is ...

Page 1076: ...bles far end failure detection fefd disable disables FEFD on an interface only fefd global enables FEFD globally on the system fefd reset resets all interfaces or a single interface that was in error disabled mode 1076 Layer 2 ...

Page 1077: ... lldp command in either CONFIGURATION or INTERFACE mode The information LLDP distributes is stored by its recipients in a standard management information base MIB You can access the information by a network management system through a management protocol such as simple network management protocol SNMP LLPD Commands The following are LLDP commands advertise dot1 tlv Advertise dot1 TLVs Type Length ...

Page 1078: ...ced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Added the vlan name option Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands protocol lldp Configuration enables LLDP globally debug lldp interface debugs LLDP show lldp neighbors displays the LLDP neighbors advertise dot3 tlv Advertise dot3 TLVs ...

Page 1079: ...ertised management TLVs use the no advertise management tlv management address system capabilities system description system name command Parameters management address Enter the keyword management address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the LLDP peer system capabilities Enter the keywords system capabilities to advertise the system capabilities TLVs to the LLDP peer system descripti...

Page 1080: ...no advertise management tlv management address system capabilities system description system name command Parameters management address Enter the keywords management address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the specified interface system capabilities Enter the keywords system capabilities to advertise the system capabilities TLVs to the specified interface system description Enter th...

Page 1081: ...net then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version histo...

Page 1082: ...ce enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Versi...

Page 1083: ...erfaces events OPTIONAL Enter the keyword events to display major events such as timer events packet OPTIONAL Enter the keyword packet to display information regarding packets coming in or going out brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display brief packet information detail OPTIONAL Enter the keyword detail to display detailed packet information tx OPTIONAL Enter the keyword tx to display tr...

Page 1084: ...f lldp and INTERFACE conf if interface lldp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced...

Page 1085: ...on about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 ...

Page 1086: ... tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive Defaults Both transmit and receive Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf lldp and INTERFACE conf if interface lldp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a lis...

Page 1087: ... guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 ...

Page 1088: ... Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode S4810 Syntax no protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface Command Modes INTERFACE conf if interface lldp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking O...

Page 1089: ...keyword FastEthernet then the slot port information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information detail OPTIONAL Enter the keyword detail t...

Page 1090: ...ldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information S4810 Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Intr...

Page 1091: ...ng config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration S4810 Syntax show running config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0...

Page 1092: ...nd configuration information The Organizational Unique Identifier OUI for the Telecommunications Industry Association TIA is 00 12 BB LLDP MED Endpoint Device any device that is on an IEEE 802 LAN network edge can communicate using IP and uses the LLDP MED framework LLDP MED Network Connectivity Device any device that provides access to an IEEE 802 LAN to an LLDP MED endpoint device and supports I...

Page 1093: ...ry for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and E Series Related Commands protocol lldp Configuration enables LLDP globally debug lldp interface debugs LLDP show lldp neighbor...

Page 1094: ...S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and E Series Related Commands debug lldp interface debugs LLDP show lldp neighbors displays the LLDP neighbors advertise med location identification To advertise a location identifier c...

Page 1095: ... on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and E Series Usage Information ECS Emergency call service such as defined by TIA or the national emergency numbering association NENA ELIN Emergency location identification numb...

Page 1096: ... debugs LLDP show lldp neighbors displays the LLDP neighbors show running config lldp displays the LLDP running configuration advertise med softphone voice To advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone configure the system S4810 Syntax advertise med softphone voice vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number To return to the d...

Page 1097: ...config lldp displays the LLDP running configuration advertise med streaming video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast based video configure the system This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering S4810 Syntax advertise med streaming video vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number To return to the default use the no adverti...

Page 1098: ...lays the LLDP neighbors advertise med video conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real time interactive video configure the system S4810 Syntax advertise med video conferencing vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number To return to the default use the no advertise med video conferencing vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value pr...

Page 1099: ...P neighbors advertise med video signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data configure the system S4810 Syntax advertise med video signaling vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number To return to the default use the no advertise med video signaling vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number command Parameters vlan id...

Page 1100: ...es supporting interactive voice services configure the system S4810 Syntax advertise med voice vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number To return to the default use the no advertise med voice vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number command Parameters vlan id Enter the VLAN ID The range is from 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority C Series and E Se...

Page 1101: ...e priority tagged number To return to the default use the no advertise med voice signaling vlan id layer2_priority DSCP_value priority tagged number command Parameters vlan id Enter the VLAN ID The range is from 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority C Series and E Series only The range is from 0 to 7 DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value C Series and E Series only The range is from 0 to 6...

Page 1102: ...Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and E Series Related Commands debug lldp interface debugs LLDP show lldp neighbors displays the LLDP neighbors 1102 Link Layer Discovery Protocol LLDP ...

Page 1103: ...on the switch determines whether the ARP reply obtained from the server is of an NLB type The switch then maps the IP address cluster IP with the MAC address cluster MAC address In multicast mode the cluster IP address is mapped to a cluster multicast MAC address that is configured using a static ARP CLI configuration command After the NLB entry is learned the traffic is forwarded to all the serve...

Page 1104: ...ding to transmit all packets to all the servers that are part of the VLAN When a large volume of traffic is processed the clustering performance might be impacted in a small way This limitation is applicable to switches that perform unicast flooding in the software The ip vlan flooding command applies globally across the system and for all VLANs In cases where the NLB is applicable and the ARP rep...

Page 1105: ...dded to the VLAN the port automatically receives traffic if the feature is enabled Old ARP entries are not deleted or updated When a member port is deleted its ARP entries are also deleted from the CAM Port channels in the VLAN also receive traffic There is no impact on the configuration from saving the configuration The feature if enabled is displayed in the show running config command output tha...

Page 1106: ...ess for NLB mode of operation of the switch Related Commands clear arp cache clears dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table show arp displays the ARP table mac address table static for Multicast MAC Address For multicast mode of network load balancing NLB configure a static multicast MAC address associate the multicast MAC address with the VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic and add outpu...

Page 1107: ...8 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information vlan vlan id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version ...

Page 1108: ...duced on the S4810 S4820T S6000 Z9000 and MXL platforms Default Disabled Usage Information By default this command is disabled There might be some ARP table entries which are resolved through ARP packets which had Ethernet MAC SA different from MAC information inside the ARP packet This unicast data traffic flooding occurs only for those packets which use these ARP entries 1108 Microsoft Network L...

Page 1109: ...clear all the peer statistics S4810 Syntax clear ip msdp peer peer address Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format A B C D Defaults Not configured Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of...

Page 1110: ...M advertised entries It applies the redistribute filter if present while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache Defaults Without any options this command clears the entire source active cache Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The fo...

Page 1111: ...M advertised entries It applies the redistribute filter if present while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache Defaults Without any options this command clears the entire source active cache Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The fo...

Page 1112: ...his guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version...

Page 1113: ...ced on the S4810 Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Related Commands show ip msdp sa cache rejected sa ip msdp default peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source active SA messages S4810 Syntax ip msdp default peer peer address list name To remove the default peer use the no ip msdp default peer peer address list name command Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decim...

Page 1114: ...e default peer are accepted You can enter multiple default peer commands ip msdp log adjacency changes Enable logging of MSDP adjacency changes S4810 Syntax ip msdp log adjacency changes To disable logging use the no ip msdp log adjacency changes command Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms...

Page 1115: ...t of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced Usage Information An MSDP mesh group is a mechanism for reducing SA flooding typically in an intra domain setting When some subset of a domain s MSDP...

Page 1116: ...GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command ...

Page 1117: ...tEthernet then the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 description name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword description then a description name maximum 80 charac...

Page 1118: ...To enforce the limit in such situation use the clear ip msdp peer command to reset the peer Related Commands ip msdp sa limit configures the MSDP SA Limit clear ip msdp peer clears the MSDP peer show ip msdp displays the MSDP information ip msdp redistribute Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache SAs which the ACL denies time out and are not refreshed Until they time out they continue to resi...

Page 1119: ...in out peer address list access list name Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa filter in out peer address list access list name command Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering peer address Enter the peer address of the MSDP peer in a dotted decimal format A B C D access list name Enter the name of an ...

Page 1120: ...orms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Dell Networking OS...

Page 1121: ...e peer address in a dotted decimal format A B C D Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3...

Page 1122: ... 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status SA cache or peer summary S4810 Syntax show ip msdp peer peer address sa cache summary Parameters peer peer address Enter the keyword peer then the peer address in a dotted decimal...

Page 1123: ... 639 Connect Source none State Established Up Down Time 00 00 08 Timers KeepAlive 60 sec Hold time 75 sec SourceActive packet count in out 0 0 SAs learned from this peer 0 SA Filtering Input S G filter none Output S G filter none Dell Example Sa cache Dell show ip msdp sa cache MSDP Source Active Cache 1 entries GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr LearnedFrom Expire UpTime 224 1 1 1 172 21 220 10 172 21 3...

Page 1124: ...pf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 3 10 1 1 3 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 4 10 1 1 4 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 5 10 1 1 3 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 6 10 1 1 4 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 7 10 1 1 3 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 8 10 1 1 4 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail 00 00 13 225 1 2 9 10 1 1 3 110 1 1 1 13 1 1 2 Rpf Fail ...

Page 1125: ...out OPTIONAL Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units BPDU OPTIONAL Enter the interface keyword along with the type slot port of the interface you want displayed Type slot port options are the following For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then...

Page 1126: ...duced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell debug spanning tree mstp bpdu gigabitethernet 2 0 in Receive in out Transmit out disable Globally disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the switch S4810 Syntax disable To enable MSTP enter the no disable command Defaults disabled Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE...

Page 1127: ...d Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State The range is from 4 to 30 The default is 15 seconds Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS ...

Page 1128: ...faults 2 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 ...

Page 1129: ...s platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 In...

Page 1130: ... 24576 28672 32768 36864 40960 45056 49152 53248 57344 and 61440 All other values are rejected Defaults default bridge priority is 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this ...

Page 1131: ...llowing is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 5 1 0 Introduced Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be w...

Page 1132: ...9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information MSTP is not enabled when you enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode To enable MSTP globally on the ...

Page 1133: ... Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series...

Page 1134: ...ed on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 5 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell conf mstp show config protocol spanning tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101 105 max hops ...

Page 1135: ...he E Series Usage Information Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol prior to using this command Example Dell show spanning tree mst configuration MST region name CustomerSvc Revision 2 MSTI VID 10 101 105 Dell show spanning tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance S4810 Syntax show spanning tree msti instance number brief guard Parameters instance number Optional Enter the multiple ...

Page 1136: ...ess 0001 e800 0a5c Number of topology changes 0 last change occurred 3058087 Port 82 GigabitEthernet 2 0 is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0 Port priority 128 Port Identifier 128 82 Designated root has priority 16384 address 0001 e800 0a 5c Designated bridge has priority 32768 address 0001 e802 35 06 Designated port id is 128 82 designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state ...

Page 1137: ...1 4094 Root Identifier has priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 max hops 20 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Configured hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 max hops 20 We are the root of MSTI 0 CIST Current root has priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 ...

Page 1138: ...e To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface use the no spanning tree command Parameters spanning tree Enter the keywords spanning tree to enable the MSTP on the interface Defaults Enable Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The...

Page 1139: ...000 Port Channel interface with one 100 Mb s Ethernet 200000 Port Channel interface with one 1 Gigabit Ethernet 20000 Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet 2000 Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet 18000 Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet 1800 Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet 180000 priority priority Enter keyword priority then a value in increments of 16 as the pri...

Page 1140: ...other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduce...

Page 1141: ...can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol MSTP 1141 ...

Page 1142: ...1142 ...

Page 1143: ...up address source address Enter the multicast group address and source address if desired in dotted decimal format to clear information on a specific group Enter to clear all multicast routes snooping Enter the keyword snooping to delete multicast snooping route table entries Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms ...

Page 1144: ...ation device mask Enter the mask in slash prefix formation x or in dotted decimal format null 0 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword null then zero 0 protocol process id tag ip address OPTIONAL Enter one of the routing protocols Enter the BGP as number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding RPF neighbor The range is from 1 to 65535 Enter the OSPF process identification n...

Page 1145: ...d Commands show ip mroute views the E Series routing table ip multicast limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system use this feature S4810 Syntax ip multicast limit limit Parameters limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system The S Series range is from 1 to 2000 Defaults The S Series default is 400 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guid...

Page 1146: ...limit command is reached Related Commands show ip igmp groups shows the IGMP groups ip multicast routing Enable IP multicast forwarding S4810 Syntax ip multicast routing To disable multicast forwarding use the no ip multicast routing command Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relev...

Page 1147: ...IM SM snooping discovers Enter a VLAN ID to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes PIM SM snooping discovers on a specified VLAN The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094 Enter a multicast group address and optionally a source multicast address in dotted decimal format A B C D to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes PIM SM snooping discovers for a specified multicast ...

Page 1148: ...3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Example Static Dell show ip mroute static Mroute 23 23 23 0 24 interface Lo 2 Protocol static distance 0 route map none last change 00 00 23 Example Snooping Dell show ip mroute snooping IPv4 Multicast Snooping Table 2...

Page 1149: ...able Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding RPF information towards the source for S G entries and the RP for G entries Outgoing interface list Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following a directly connected member of the Group statically configured member of the Group received a G or S G Join message Example Dell show ip mroute IP Multicast Routing Table 224 10 10 1 upti...

Page 1150: ...Z9000 Version 8 3 7 1 Introduced on the S4810 E Series legacy command Usage Information Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach ability of the multicast sources If a PIM registered multicast source is reachable using static mroute as well as unicast route the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reach ability N...

Page 1151: ...ermination Neighbor unreachability detection NUD Determine that a neighbor is no longer reachable on the link Duplicate address detection DAD Allow a node to check whether a proposed address is already in use Redirect The router can inform a node about a better first hop NDP uses the following five ICMPv6 packet types in its implementation Router Solicitation Router Advertisement Neighbor Solicita...

Page 1152: ...C EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 1 Introduced on the S4810 ipv6 neighbor...

Page 1153: ...ory This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 1 Introduced on the S4810 show ipv6 neighbors Display IPv6 discovery...

Page 1154: ...ommand History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 1 Introduced on the S4810 Example Dell show ipv6 neighbor...

Page 1155: ...1439 00 01 e8 17 5c ae STALE Gi 1 5 Vl 1000 CP fe80 201 e8ff fe17 5cae 1439 00 01 e8 17 5c ae STALE Gi 1 7 Vl 2000 CP Dell Neighbor Discovery Protocol NDP 1155 ...

Page 1156: ...1156 ...

Page 1157: ... commands You cannot use an OSPFv2 command in the IPv6 OSPFv3 mode OSPFv2 Commands NOTE Dell Networking Operating System OS version 7 8 1 0 introduces Multi Process OSPF on IPv4 OSPFv2 only It is not supported on OSPFv3 IPv6 The CLI requires that you include the Process ID when entering ROUTER OSPF mode Each command entered applies to the specified OSPFv2 process only OSPFv2 Commands The Dell Netw...

Page 1158: ...1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information In the Dell Networking operating software OS cost is defined as reference bandwidth bandwidth Related Commands area stub creates a stub area area nssa Specify an area as a not so stubby area NSSA S4810 Syntax area area id nssa default information originate no redistribution no summary To delete an NSSA use the no area area id nssa command Parameters a...

Page 1159: ...Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series area range Summarize routes matching an address mask at an area border router ABR S4810 Syntax area area id range ip address mask not advertise To disable route summarization use the no area area id range ip address mask command Parameters area id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format A B C D ...

Page 1160: ...Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR External routes are not summarized Related Commands area stub creates a stub area router ospf enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance area stub Configure a stub area which is an area not connected to other areas S4810 Synt...

Page 1161: ...in a stub use this command Related Commands router ospf enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance auto cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method S4810 Syntax auto cost reference bandwidth ref bw To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type use the no auto cost reference bandwidth command Parameters...

Page 1162: ...e cleared vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF process OPTIONAL Enter the keyword process to reset the OSPF process Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The f...

Page 1163: ...words and slot port or number information For Port Channel groups enter the keywords port channel then a number For the C Series and S Series the range is from 1 to 128 For a SONET interface enter the keyword sonet then the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number fr...

Page 1164: ...se timer rate limit To cancel the debug command use the no debug ip ospf command Parameters process id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process If no Process ID is entered all OSPF processes are cleared vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF bfd OPTIONAL Enter the keyword bfd to debug only OSPF BFD information event OPTIONAL ...

Page 1165: ... 8 1 0 Added support for the Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below Field Description 8 14 Displays the time stamp OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID instance ID v Displays the OSPF version Del...

Page 1166: ... information available in the Options field of the HELLO packet N N bit is set N N bit is not set MC bit used by MOSPF is set and router is able to forward IP multicast packets MC bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets E router is able to accept AS External LSAs E router cannot accept AS External LSAs T router can support TOS T router cannot support TOS hi Disp...

Page 1167: ... from 1 to 16777214 metric type type value OPTIONAL Enter the keywords metric type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes The values are 1 Type 1 external route 2 Type 2 external route route map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keywords route map then the name of an established route map Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For c...

Page 1168: ...ommand Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Versi...

Page 1169: ...ion history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for the Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands s...

Page 1170: ...orking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for the Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series dist...

Page 1171: ...is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for the Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Intro...

Page 1172: ...s ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 ...

Page 1173: ...he keyword rip to specify that RIP routes are distributed NOTE BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C Series BGP ISIS and RIP routes are not available on the S Series static OPTIONAL Enter the keyword static to specify that only manually configured routes are distributed Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For command informatio...

Page 1174: ...is set the faster OSPF converge takes place The range is from 1 to 4 Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Vers...

Page 1175: ... specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process The range is from 40 to 1800 seconds Defaults Not Configured Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history f...

Page 1176: ...y This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Ver...

Page 1177: ...ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 12 0 I...

Page 1178: ...is command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for Multi Process OSPF Added Restart and Helper roles support on the S Series Version 7 7 1 0 Added Helper Role support on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 ...

Page 1179: ...eries ip ospf authentication key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface S4810 Syntax ip ospf authentication key encryption type key To delete an authentication key use the no ip ospf authentication key command Parameters encryption type OPTIONAL Enter 7 to encrypt the key key Enter an eight character string Strings longer than eight characters are trunc...

Page 1180: ...rameters cost Enter a number as the cost The range is from 1 to 65535 Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this comma...

Page 1181: ...erval The range is from 1 to 65535 The default is 40 seconds Defaults 40 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version ...

Page 1182: ...history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same ...

Page 1183: ...n 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface Of the available six digest keys the switches select the MD5 key that is common The remaining MD5 keys are unused To change to a different key on the interface enable the new key while the old key is still enabled Dell Networking OS sends two packets the first packet authenticated ...

Page 1184: ...he S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface S4810 Syntax ip ospf network broadcast point to point To return to the default u...

Page 1185: ...1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network set the priority of the interface S4810 Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting use the no ip ospf priority command Parameters number Enter a number as the priority The range is from 0 to 255 The default is 1 Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide...

Page 1186: ...e default values use the no ip ospf retransmit interval command Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission The range is from 1 to 3600 The default is 5 seconds This interval must be greater than the expected round trip time for a packet to travel between two routers Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific...

Page 1187: ...rval between retransmission The range is from 1 to 3600 The default is 1 second This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list ...

Page 1188: ...he S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series maximum paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths S4810 Syn...

Page 1189: ...7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series network area Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces S4810 Syntax network ip address mask area area id To disable an OSPF area use the no network ip address mask area area id command Parameters ip address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format The primary addre...

Page 1190: ... on an interface the network area command must include in its range of addresses the primary IP address of an interface NOTE An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0 the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0 passive interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface S4810 Syntax passive inte...

Page 1191: ... Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Modified to include the keyword default pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Although the passive interface do...

Page 1192: ...lear everything and revert to the default behavior All previously marked passive interfaces are removed May update ABR status On configuring suppression using the passive interface command the state of the OSPF neighbor does not change to INIT instead the state of the OSPF neighbor changes to DOWN after the dead timer expires redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol thro...

Page 1193: ...istory This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810...

Page 1194: ...words metric type then one of the following 1 for OSPF External type 1 2 for OSPF External type 2 route map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keywords route map then the name of the route map tag tag value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF The range is from 0 to 4294967295 Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specif...

Page 1195: ... the name of the IS IS routing process level 1 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 1 to redistribute only IS IS Level 1 routes level 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 1 2 to redistribute both IS IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes level 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 2 to redistribute only IS IS Level 2 routes metric metric value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword metric then a number The range is from 0...

Page 1196: ...Introduced on the E Series router id To configure a fixed router ID use this command S4810 Syntax router id ip address To remove the fixed router ID use the no router id ip address command Parameters ip address Enter the router ID in the IP address format Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to t...

Page 1197: ...nfig router ospf 100 router id 1 1 1 1 Dell conf router_ospf no router id Changing router id will bring down existing OSPF adjacency y n Dell router ospf To configure an OSPF instance enter ROUTER OSPF mode S4810 Syntax router ospf process id vrf vrf name To clear an OSPF instance use the no router ospf process id command Parameters process id Enter a number for the OSPF instance The range is from...

Page 1198: ...SPF process and the VRF are tied together you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system Example Dell conf router ospf 2 Dell conf router_ospf show config Display the non default values in the current OSPF configuration S4810 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell ...

Page 1199: ...Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T...

Page 1200: ... for LSA transmission and acceptance Number of Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID Example Dell show ip ospf 10 Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 1 1 1 1 Virtual router default vrf Supports only single TOS TOS0 routes SPF schedule delay 5 secs Hold time between two SPFs 10 secs Convergence Level 0 Min LSA origination 0 msec Min LSA arrival 1000 msec Min LSA hold time...

Page 1201: ...tory for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support of Multi Process OSPF Version 7 8 1 0 Added the process id option in support of Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Versi...

Page 1202: ...cess ID is entered command applies only to the first OSPF process vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view LSA information on OSPF processes corresponding to that VRF database summary OPTIONAL Enter the keywords database summary to the display the number of LSA types in each area and the total number of LSAs Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guid...

Page 1203: ...k ID ADV Router Age Seq Checksum Link count 11 1 2 1 11 1 2 1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 2 13 1 1 1 13 1 1 1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 2 192 68 135 2 192 68 135 2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd 1 Network Area 0 0 0 0 Link ID ADV Router Age Seq Checksum 10 2 3 2 13 1 1 1 676 0x80000003 0x6592 10 2 4 2 192 68 135 2 908 0x80000055 0x683e Type 5 AS External Link ID ADV Router Age Seq Checksum Tag 0 0 0 0 192 68 135 2 ...

Page 1204: ...pends on the LSA type and it can be one of the following the network s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs the router s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination 0 0 0 0 for Type 5 LSAs adv router ip address OPTIONAL Enter the keywords adv router and the ip address to display only the LSA information about that router Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command Hist...

Page 1205: ...over demand circuits E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs LS Type Displays the LSA s type Link State ID Displays the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router s ID Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA s complete contents Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA Network Mask Displays the network mask implem...

Page 1206: ...e VRF to view information on AS external LSAs corresponding to the OSPF processes that are tied to a specific VRF link state id OPTIONAL Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type and it can be one of the following the network s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs the router s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination 0 0 0 0 ...

Page 1207: ...or No TOS capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs LS Type Displays the LSA s type Link State ID Displays the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the router ...

Page 1208: ...rocess ID 1 Type 5 AS External LS age 612 Options No TOS capability No DC E LS type Type 5 AS External Link State ID 12 12 12 2 Advertising Router 20 31 3 1 LS Seq Number 0x80000007 Checksum 0x4cde Length 36 Network Mask 32 Metrics Type 2 TOS 0 Metrics 25 Forward Address 0 0 0 0 External Route Tag 43 LS age 1868 Options No TOS capability DC LS type Type 5 AS External Link State ID 24 216 12 0 Adve...

Page 1209: ...s for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs the router s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination 0 0 0 0 for Type 5 LSAs adv router ip address OPTIONAL Enter the keywords adv router and the ip address to display only the LSA information about that router Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platform...

Page 1210: ... accept AS External LSAs LS Type Displays the LSA s type Link State ID Displays the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA s originating router Checksum Identifies the link state sequence number This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs Length Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA s complete contents Network Mask Displays the length in bytes of the ...

Page 1211: ...ess ID to show a specific process If no Process ID is entered command applies only to the first OSPF process vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf followeed by the name of the VRF to view NSSA External LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF link state id OPTIONAL Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type and it can be on...

Page 1212: ... OSPF database information show ip ospf database opaque area Display the opaque area type 10 LSA information S4810 Syntax show ip ospf process id vrf vrf name database opaque area link state id adv router ip address Parameters process id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process If no Process ID is entered command applies only to the first OSPF process vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf...

Page 1213: ... Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process id database opaque area command shown in the following example Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA s age Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router The following...

Page 1214: ...nk State ID 1 0 0 1 Advertising Router 10 16 1 160 LS Seq Number 0x80000416 Checksum 0x376 Length 28 Opaque Type 1 Opaque ID 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age 833 Options No TOS capability No DC E LS type Type 10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID 1 0 0 2 Advertising Router 10 16 1 160 LS Seq Number 0x80000002 Checksum 0x19c2 More Related Commands show ip ospf database displays OSPF database info...

Page 1215: ...ell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5...

Page 1216: ...n the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added s...

Page 1217: ...or Type 5 LSAs the router s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs the default destination 0 0 0 0 for Type 5 LSAs adv router ip address OPTIONAL Enter the keywords adv router followed by the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about...

Page 1218: ...LS Type Displays the LSA type Link State ID Displays the Link State ID Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA s originating router LS Seq Number Displays the link state sequence number This number detects duplicate or old LSAs Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA s complete contents Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA Number of Links Displays the number of a...

Page 1219: ...address 192 68 142 2 Link Data Router Interface address 192 68 142 2 Number of TOS metric 0 TOS 0 Metric 1 Link connected to a Transit Network Link ID Designated Router address 192 68 141 2 Link Data Router Interface address 192 68 141 2 Number of TOS metric 0 TOS 0 Metric 1 Link connected to a Transit Network Link ID Designated Router address 192 68 140 2 Link Data Router Interface address 192 68...

Page 1220: ...tising Router to display only the LSA information about that router Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2...

Page 1221: ...umber allows you to identify old or duplicate LSAs Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of an LSA s complete contents Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area TOS Displays the TOS options Option 0 is the only option Metric Displays the LSA metrics Example Dell show ip ospf 100 database summary OSPF Router with ID 1 1 1 10 Proc...

Page 1222: ...rf name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show the OSPF processes that are tied to a specific VRF interface OPTIONAL Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For the null interface enter the keyword null then zero 0 For loopback interfaces enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383 For tunnel interfaces enter the keyword tunnel then a nu...

Page 1223: ...escription GigabitEthernet This line identifies the interface type slot port and the status of the OSPF protocol on that interface Internet Address This line displays the IP address network mask and area assigned to this interface Process ID This line displays the OSPF Process ID Router ID Network type and cost metric for this interface Transmit Delay This line displays the interface s settings fo...

Page 1224: ...s ID 1 Router ID 192 168 253 2 Network Type BROADCAST Cost 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec State DROTHER Priority 1 Designated Router ID 192 168 253 5 Interface address 192 168 0 4 Backup Designated Router ID 192 168 253 3 Interface address 192 168 0 2 Timer intervals configured Hello 10 Dead 40 Wait 40 Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00 00 08 Neighbor Count is 3 Adjacent neighbor count is 2 Adjacent with nei...

Page 1225: ... Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process id neighbor command shown in the following example Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor State Displays the OSPF state of the neighb...

Page 1226: ...s refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for Multi Proc...

Page 1227: ...t Nexthop Interface Area Type 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 Lo 0 0 Intra Area 3 3 3 3 2 13 0 0 3 Gi 0 47 1 Intra Area 13 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Gi 0 47 0 Intra Area 150 150 150 0 2 13 0 0 3 Gi 0 47 External 172 30 1 0 2 13 0 0 3 Gi 0 47 1 Intra Area Dell show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics S4810 Syntax show ip ospf process id vrf vrf name statistics global interface name neighbor router id Parameters pro...

Page 1228: ...r platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added support for VRF Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for ...

Page 1229: ...ent database description and update packets The following describes the error definitions for the show ip ospf statistics process id global command Error Type Description Intf_Down Received packets on an interface that is either down or OSPF is not enabled Non Dr Received packets with a destination address of ALL_DRS even though SELF is not a designated router Self Org Receive the self originated ...

Page 1230: ...Nbr State 0 Auth Err 0 MD5 Err 0 Chksum 0 Version 0 AreaMis 0 Conf Issues 0 No Buffer 0 Seq No 0 Socket 0 Q OverFlow 0 Unkown Pkt 0 Error packets Only for TX Socket Errors 0 Dell Usage Information The show ip ospf process id statistics command displays the error packet count received on each interface as The hello timer remaining value for each interface The wait timer remaining value for each int...

Page 1231: ...o expire S4810 Syntax show ip ospf process id vrf vrf name timers rate limit Parameters process id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process If no Process ID is entered command applies only to the first OSPF process vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view LSAs corresponding to a specific VRF that are currently in queue waiting for timers to expire Defa...

Page 1232: ...tered command applies only to the first OSPF process vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to information on routers corresponding to a specific VRF that are in directly connected areas Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Co...

Page 1233: ...s ip address mask not advertise tag tag value To disable summary address use the no summary address ip address mask command Parameters ip address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize not advertise OPTIONAL Enter the keywords not advertise to suppress that match the network prefix mask ...

Page 1234: ... 1 0 0 255 255 0 0 not advertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1 1 0 0 16 Related Commands area range summarizes routes within an area timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first SPF calculation S4810 Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default use the no timers spf command Parameters delay Enter a ...

Page 1235: ...all Configure LSA transmit intervals S4810 Syntax timers throttle lsa all start interval hold interval max interval To return to the default use the no timers throttle lsa command Parameters start interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA The range is from 0 to 600 000 milliseconds hold interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA This interval is ...

Page 1236: ...l 1000 and max interval 100 000 the LSA is sent at 5000 msec then 1000 msec then 2000 msec them 4000 until 100 000 msec is reached timers throttle lsa arrival Configure the LSA acceptance intervals S4810 Syntax timers throttle lsa arrival arrival time To return to the default use the no timers throttle lsa command Parameters arrival time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly t...

Page 1237: ...ation ipsec spi number MD5 SHA1 key encryption type key Parameters area area id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated For area id you can enter a number The range is from 0 to 4294967295 ipsec spi number Security Policy index SPI value that identifies an IPsec security policy The range is from 256 to 4294967295 MD5 SHA1 Authentication type Message Digest 5 MD5 or Secure Hash Algorit...

Page 1238: ...d IPsec encryption in an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command you cannot use the area authentication command in the area at the same time The configuration of IPsec authentication on an interface level takes precedence over an area level configuration If you remove an interface configuration an area authentication policy that has been configured is applied to the interface To remove an IPs...

Page 1239: ...ed key Text string used in encryption The required lengths of a non encrypted or encrypted key are 3DES 48 or 96 hex digits DES 16 or 32 hex digits AES CBC 32 or 64 hex digits for AES 128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES 192 authentication algorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption Valid values are MD5 or SHA1 key encryption type OPTIONAL Specifies if the authentication ...

Page 1240: ...ncryption on the router When you configure encryption for an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command you enable both IPsec encryption and authentication However when you enable authentication on an area with the area authentication command you do not enable encryption at the same time If you have enabled IPsec authentication in an OSPFv3 area with the area authentication command you cannot us...

Page 1241: ...ation and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection BFD on OSPF IPv6 packets S4810 Syntax no debug ipv6 ospf bfd interface Parameters interface OPTIONAL Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigab...

Page 1242: ...0 0000 0201 e8ff fe8b 7720 00 59 27 OSPFv3INFO Completed Enabling BFD on interface Te 0 2 00 59 27 OSPFv3INFO Completed Interface mode BFD configuration on Te 0 2 00 59 27 OSPFv3INFO Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80 0000 0000 0000 0201 e8ff fe8b 7720 00 59 27 OSPFv3INFO Ospf3_register_bfd ospf key 27648 00 59 27 OSPFv3INFO OSPFV3 Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80 0000 0000 0000 0201 e8ff fe8b 7720 Interface ...

Page 1243: ...1 to 4094 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 1 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 7 8 1 0 Added ...

Page 1244: ...the packet length Router ID Displays the OSPF3 router ID Area ID Displays the Area ID Chksum Displays the OSPF3 checksum default information originate Configure the Dell Networking OS to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain S4810 Syntax default information originate always metric metric value metric type type value route map map name To return to the default values use t...

Page 1245: ... 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands redistribute redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPFv3 graceful restart grace period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period in seconds that an OSPFv3 router s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent durin...

Page 1246: ...uter as though it is fully adjacent When graceful restart is enabled restarting role an OSPFv3 restarting expects its OSPFv3 neighbors to help when it restarts by not advertising the broken link When you enable the helper reject role on an interface with the ipv6 ospf graceful restart helper reject command you reconfigure OSPFv3 graceful restart to function in a restarting only role In a restartin...

Page 1247: ...start OSPF sends out a Type 11 Grace LSA before the system switches over to the backup RPM An unplanned restart occurs when an unplanned event causes the active RPM to switch to the backup RPM such as when an active process crashes the active RPM is removed or a power failure happens During an unplanned restart OSPF sends out a Grace LSA when the backup RPM comes online By default both planned and...

Page 1248: ...thentication type Message Digest 5 MD5 or Secure Hash Algorithm 1 SHA 1 key encryption type OPTIONAL Specifies if the key is encrypted Valid values 0 key is not encrypted or 7 key is encrypted key Text string used in authentication For MD5 authentication the key must be 32 hex digits non encrypted or 64 hex digits encrypted For SHA 1 authentication the key must be 40 hex digits non encrypted or 80...

Page 1249: ...cy for an OSPFv3 area show crypto ipsec policy displays the configuration of IPsec authentication policies show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in authentication policies ipv6 ospf bfd all neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non default BFD session parameters S4810 Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all neig...

Page 1250: ...e Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 S4820T and S4810 Usage Information This command provides the flexibility to fine tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the...

Page 1251: ...lt cost is 1 TenGigabitEthernet Default cost is 1 FortygigEthernet Default cost is 1 Ethernet Default cost is 10 ipv6 ospf dead interval Set the time interval since the last hello packet was received from a router After the time interval elapses the neighboring routers declare the router down S4810 Syntax ipv6 ospf dead interval seconds To return to the default time interval use the no ipv6 ospf d...

Page 1252: ... null ipsec spi number esp encryption algorithm key encryption type key athentication algorithm key encryption type key Parameters null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface ipsec spi number Security Policy index SPI value that identifies an IPsec security policy The range is from 256 to 4294967295 esp encryption algorithm Encryption algorithm use...

Page 1253: ... Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 1 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000 Version 8 4 2 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally configure an IPv6 address and enable...

Page 1254: ...For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 1 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000 Version 8 4 2 2 Introduced on E Series TeraScale Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Usage Information By default OSPFv3 graceful restart is disa...

Page 1255: ...e The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 1 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Usage Information The time interval between hello packets must be the same for routers in a network Related Commands ipv6 ospf dead i...

Page 1256: ...lti access networks not point to point networks ipv6 router ospf Enable OSPF for IPv6 router configuration S4810 Syntax ipv6 router ospf process id To exit OSPF for IPv6 use the no ipv6 router ospf process id command Parameters process id Enter the process identification number The range is from 1 to 65535 Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific Fo...

Page 1257: ...faults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for Multi Process OSPF Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series passive interface Disable suppress sendi...

Page 1258: ...he S4810 and Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information By default no interfaces are passive Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled If you disable the sending of routing updates on an interface the particular address prefix continues to be ad...

Page 1259: ...ally configured routes metric metric value Enter the keyword metric then the metric value The range is from 0 to 16777214 The default is 20 metric type type value OPTIONAL Enter the keywords metric type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes The values are 1 for a type 1 external route 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2 route map map name OPTIONAL Enter the keywor...

Page 1260: ...for the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information To redistribute the default route x x x x x use the default information originate command Related Commands default information originate configures default external route into OSPFv3 router id Designate a fixed router ID S4810 Syntax router id ip address To return to the previous router ID use the no router id ip address...

Page 1261: ...r adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID Related Commands clear ipv6 ospf process resets an OSPFv3 router process show crypto ipsec policy Display the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies S4810 Syntax show crypto ipsec policy name name Parameters name name OPTIONAL Displays configuration details about a specified poli...

Page 1262: ...9a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inbound ESP Cipher Key 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Outbound ESP Cipher Key 123456789a123456789b123456789c123456789d12345678 Transform set esp 3des esp md5 hmac Crypto IPSec client security policy data Policy name OSPFv3 0 501 Policy refcount 1 Inbound ESP SPI 501 0x1F5 Outbound ESP SPI 501 0x1F5 In...

Page 1263: ...header AH security policy index SPI for inbound and outbound links Inbound AH Key Outbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations SAs used on OSPFv3 interfaces S4810 Syntax show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 interface interface Parameters interface interface OPTIONAL Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 int...

Page 1264: ... in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies Example Dell show crypto ipsec policy Dell show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0 0 Link Local address fe80 201 e8ff fe40 4d10 IPSecv6 policy name OSPFv3 1 500 inbound ah sas spi 500 0x1f4 transform ah ...

Page 1265: ...cy applied to the interface inbound outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic inbound outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication integrity and confidentiality in use settings Transform that the SA uses only transp...

Page 1266: ...ul restart parameters and Type 11 Grace LSAs on E Series TeraScale routers Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for C Series Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy displays the confi...

Page 1267: ... 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type 7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type 7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LS...

Page 1268: ...d Z9000 Version 9 1 0 0 Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 7 8 1 0 Added support for the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information If you enable BFD at the global level show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning If you enable BFD at the interface level show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval...

Page 1269: ...GigE then the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number For the C Series Z Series and S4810 the range is 1 to 128 For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID The range is 1 to 4094 Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9 1 0 0 Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introdu...

Page 1270: ...1270 ...

Page 1271: ... group LAG or virtual local area network VLAN Trace lists and redirect lists do not function correctly when you configure both in the same configuration NOTE Apply PBR to Layer 3 interfaces only description Add a description to this redirect list S4810 Syntax description description To remove the description use the no description description command Parameters description Enter a description to i...

Page 1272: ...ort for LAG and VLAN interfaces pre Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Usage Information You can apply any number of redirect groups to an interface A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules These rules includes the next hop IP address where the incoming traffic is to be redirected If the next hop address is reachable traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop...

Page 1273: ...ced on the C Series and S Series Version 8 4 2 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale Version 6 5 3 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale permit Configure a rule for the redirect list S4810 Syntax permit ip protocol number protocol type source mask any host ip address destination mask any host ip address bit operators To remove the rule use one of the following If you know the filter sequence numb...

Page 1274: ...keyword host then he IP address to specify a host IP address destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent bit OPTIONAL For the TCP protocol type only enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags ack acknowledgement fin finish no more data from the user psh push function rst reset the connection syn synchronize sequence number urg urgent field opera...

Page 1275: ...ost ip address destination mask any host ip address operator command Parameters ip address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router slot port Enter the keyword slot port followed by the slot port information ip protocol number Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header protocol type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type icmp for inter...

Page 1276: ...ve range of ports you must specify two ports for theport command parameter Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT LIST Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 1 Introduced on the C Series Version 8 4 2 0 Introduced on the E Series TeraScale seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list S4810 Syntax seq sequence number permit redirect ip a...

Page 1277: ...ol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent mask Enter a network mask in prefix format x any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter host ip address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent bit OPTIONAL Fo...

Page 1278: ... the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT LIST Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content S4810 Syntax show cam pbr interface interface stack unit slot number port set number summary Parameters interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the name of the ...

Page 1279: ... 0 0 0 00 00 04 b7 14 25 Vl 1003 0 2 00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 04 b7 14 26 Vl 1004 0 2 00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 78 58 11 Vl 1005 0 3 00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 04 b7 14 27 Vl 1006 0 3 00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 04 b7 14 28 Vl 1007 0 3 00000 1 100 IP 0x0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 04 b7 14 29 Vl 1008 0 ...

Page 1280: ...ct 100 1 1 1 ip any any Next hop reachable via Vl 1001 ARP resolved Next hop reachable via Vl 1002 ARP resolved Next hop reachable via Vl 1003 ARP resolved Next hop reachable via Vl 1004 ARP resolved Next hop reachable via Vl 1005 ARP resolved Next hop reachable via Vl 1006 ARP resolved Next hop reachable via Vl 1007 ARP resolved Next hop reachable via Vl 1008 ARP resolved Applied interfaces Vl 10...

Page 1281: ...ters rp address OPTIONAL Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format A B C D Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Versi...

Page 1282: ...e S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB the entire multicast route table and all the entries in the data plane are deleted The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer Bot...

Page 1283: ...to view PIM state changes timer assert hello joinprune register OPTIONAL Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers Enter one of the optional parameters assert to view the assertion timer hello to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer joinprune to view the expiry timer join prune timer register to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Th...

Page 1284: ...on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information This command is applied to the subsequent PIM BSR Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time out To clean the candidate RP advertisements use the clear ip pim rp mapping command ip pim...

Page 1285: ... about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 6...

Page 1286: ... interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router ip pim join filter Permit or deny PIM Join Prune messages on an interface using an extended IP access list This command prevents the PIM SM router from creating state based on multicast source and or group S4810 Syntax ip pim join filter ext access list in out To remove the access list use the no ip pim join filter ext ...

Page 1287: ...ptv channels out Related Commands ip access list extended configure an access list based on IP addresses or protocols ip pim ingress interface map When the Dell Networking system is the RP statically map potential incoming interfaces to G entries to create a lossless multicast forwarding environment S4810 Syntax ip pim ingress interface map std access list Parameters std access list Enter the name...

Page 1288: ... characters Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 ...

Page 1289: ...g is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series for the port channels and the S Series ip pim register filter To preven...

Page 1290: ...based on the multicast and group addresses Do not enter this command before creating the access list ip pim rp address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point RP address for a group or access list S4810 Syntax ip pim rp address address group address group address mask override To remove an RP address use the no ip pim rp address address group address group address mask override command Parameters ...

Page 1291: ... RP addresses Without the override option RPs advertised by the BSR updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs ip pim rp candidate To send out a Candidate RP Advertisement message to the bootstrap BS router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR configure a PIM router S4810 Syntax ip pim rp candidate interface priority To return to the default valu...

Page 1292: ... S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate RP Advertisement ip pim sparse mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface S4810 Syntax ip pim sparse mode To disable PIM sparse mode and IGMP use the no ip pim sp...

Page 1293: ...nfigured timers and return to default mode use the no ip pim sparse mode sg expiry timer command Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the S G entries are retained The range is from 211 to 86400 access list name OPTIONAL Enter the name of a previously configured Extended ACL to enable the expiry time to specified S G entries Defaults Disabled The default expiry timer with no times configu...

Page 1294: ...second The default is 10 packets per second A value of zero 0 causes a switchover on the first packet infinity OPTIONAL Enter the keyword infinity to never switch to the source tree Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide Th...

Page 1295: ...es ExaScale Usage Information By default when you enable PIM SM snooping a switch floods all multicast traffic to the PIM designated router DR including unnecessary multicast packets To minimize the traffic sent over the network to the designated router you can disable designated router flooding When designated router flooding is disabled PIM SM snooping only forwards the multicast traffic which b...

Page 1296: ...20T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Example E600 7 rpm0 show ip pim bsr router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router v2 BSR address 7 7 7 7 Uptime 16 59 06 BSR Priority 0 Hash mask length 30 Next bootstrap message in 00 00 08 This...

Page 1297: ...ce type with either slot port information or ID VLAN or Port Channel of the interfaces participating in PIM Ver Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM v2 PIM version 2 S PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface confi...

Page 1298: ...1 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor Interface List the interface type with either slot port information or ID VLAN or Port Chann...

Page 1299: ...ONAL Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 In...

Page 1300: ...information on VLAN interfaces with PIM SM snooping enabled S4810 Syntax show ip pim snooping interface vlan vlan id Parameters vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM SM snooping The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094 Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about ot...

Page 1301: ...ce Example 2 Dell show ip pim snooping interface Interface Ver Nbr DR DR Count Prio Vlan 2 v2 3 1 165 87 32 2 show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM SM snooping S4810 Syntax show ip pim snooping neighbor vlan vlan id Parameters vlan vlan id OPTIONAL Enter a VLAN ID to display information about PIM neighbors that PIM SM snooping discovered on a specif...

Page 1302: ...r v2 PIM version 2 DR prio Mode Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode 1 default Designated Router priority use the ip pim dr priority command DR Designated Router S Sparse mode Example Dell show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime Expires Ver DR Prio Address 165 87 32 2 Vl 2 Gi 4 13 00 04 03 00 01 42 v2 1 165 87 32 10 Vl 2 Gi 4 11 00 00 46 00 01 29 v2 0 165 87 32 12 V...

Page 1303: ... Version 8 4 1 1 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim snooping tib commands shown in the following example Field Description S G Displays the entry in the PIM multicast snooping database uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM multicast route table expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is re...

Page 1304: ...e 00 00 01 expires 00 02 59 RP 165 87 70 1 flags J Incoming interface Vlan 2 RPF neighbor 0 0 0 0 Outgoing interface list GigabitEthernet 4 11 RPF 165 87 32 2 00 00 01 00 02 59 GigabitEthernet 4 13 Upstream Port Dell show ip pim snooping tib vlan 2 225 1 2 1 165 87 1 7 PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags J P G Join Prune j p S G Join Prune SGR P S G R Prune Timers Uptime Expires Inherited port 165 ...

Page 1305: ...version 495 Uptime 22 44 52 Entries in PIM TIB MFC 2 2 Active Modes PIM SNOOPING Interface summary 1 active PIM interface 0 passive PIM interfaces 3 active PIM neighbors TIB summary 1 1 G entries in PIM TIB MFC 1 1 S G entries in PIM TIB MFC 0 0 S G Rpt entries in PIM TIB MFC 0 PIM nexthops 0 RPs 0 sources 0 Register states Message summary 2582 2583 Joins sent received 5 0 Prunes sent received 0 0...

Page 1306: ...n about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version...

Page 1307: ...face towards the RP source RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP source Outgoing interface list Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following criteria a directly connect member of the Group statically configured member of the Group received a G Join message Example Dell show ip pim tib PIM Multicast Routing Table Flags D Dense S Sparse C Connected L Local P Pr...

Page 1308: ... 0 show running config pim Display the current configuration of PIM SM snooping S4810 Syntax show running config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version...

Page 1309: ...ng software permits a limited set of commands for monitoring ports display them using the command A monitoring port also may not be a member of a VLAN A total of 4 MG may be configured in a single port pipe MG and MD ports can be reside anywhere across a port pipe Dell Networking operating software supports multiple source ports to be monitored by a single destination port in one monitor session O...

Page 1310: ...oduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands monitor session enables a monitoring session monitor session Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring S4810 Syntax monitor session session ID type rpm erpm To delete a session use the no monitor session session ID command To delete all monitor sessions use t...

Page 1311: ...or Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload Example Dell conf monitor session 60 Dell conf mon sess 60 Related Command show monitor session displays the monitor session show running config monitor session displays the running configuration of a monitor session show config Display the current monitor session configuration S4810 Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MON...

Page 1312: ...ay the monitor information of a particular session or all sessions S4810 Syntax show monitor session session ID To display monitoring information for all sessions use the show monitor session command Parameters session ID OPTIONAL Enter a session identification number The range is from 0 to 65535 Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For co...

Page 1313: ... 36 1 72 72 72 2 Related Commands monitor session creates a session for monitoring show running config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session S4810 Syntax show running config monitor session session ID To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions use the show running config monitor session command Parameters session ID OPTIO...

Page 1314: ...n sess 0 do show running config monitor session monitor session 0 source Port channel 10 destination TenGigabitEthernet 0 33 direction tx Related Commands monitor session creates a session for monitoring show monitor session displays a monitor session source port monitoring Configure a port monitor source S4810 Syntax source interface range destination interface direction rx tx both To disable a m...

Page 1315: ...hen the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword VLAN followed by a number from 1 to 4094 For a port channel interface enter the keyword port channel followed by the port channel id direction rx tx both Enter the keyword direction then one of the packet directional indicators rx to mo...

Page 1316: ...pport for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell monitor session 0 source Port channel 10 destination TenGigabitEthernet 0 33 direction tx 1316 Port Monitoring ...

Page 1317: ... types of secondary VLAN community VLAN and isolated VLAN A primary VLAN can have any number of community VLANs and isolated VLANs Private VLANs block all traffic to isolated ports except traffic from promiscuous ports Traffic received from an isolated port is forwarded only to promiscuous ports or trunk ports Community VLAN A community VLAN is a secondary VLAN of the primary VLAN Ports in a commu...

Page 1318: ... local proxy arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN use the no ip local proxy arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN use the no ip local proxy arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN NOTE Even after you disable ip local proxy arp use no ip local proxy ...

Page 1319: ...e vlan mode community isolated primary To remove the PVLAN configuration use the no private vlan mode community isolated primary command syntax Parameters community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN primary Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN Defaults none Comma...

Page 1320: ...ther regular ports can be added to the PVLAN After using this command to configure a VLAN as a primary VLAN use the private vlan mapping secondary vlan command to map secondary VLANs to this VLAN Related Commands private vlan mapping secondary vlan maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN switchport mode private vlan sets PVLAN mode of the selected port private vlan mapping secondary vlan...

Page 1321: ...y have been created Amended by specifying the new secondary VLAN to be added to the list Related Commands private vlan mode sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community isolated or primary switchport mode private vlan sets PVLAN mode of the selected port switchport mode private vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port S4810 Syntax no switchport mode private vlan host promiscuous trunk To remove...

Page 1322: ...ous PVLAN port types to port and port channel LAG interfaces is shown in the following example Example Dell conf Dell conf interface GigabitEthernet 2 1 Dell conf if gi 2 1 switchport mode private vlan promiscuous Dell conf interface GigabitEthernet 2 2 Dell conf if gi 2 2 switchport mode private vlan host Dell conf interface GigabitEthernet 2 3 Dell conf if gi 2 3 switchport mode private vlan tru...

Page 1323: ...ption command Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree 80 characters maximum Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE PVST The prompt is config pvst Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS vers...

Page 1324: ...the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Ver...

Page 1325: ... Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced Example Dell conf pvst do show spanning tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773 Address 0001 e832 73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 priority 32768 sys id ext 5 Address 0001 e832 73f7 We are the root of Vlan 5 Configured h...

Page 1326: ...ion 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced Example Dell conf Dell conf protocol spanning tree pvst Dell conf pvst no disable Dell conf pvst vlan 2 bridge priority 4096 Dell conf pvst vlan 3 bridge priority 16384 Dell conf pvst Dell conf pvst show config...

Page 1327: ...rt information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information guard OPTIONAL Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Del...

Page 1328: ...ress 0001 e805 e306 Configured hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID Gi 1 0 128 130 128 20000 FWD 20000 4096 0001 e801 6aa8 128 426 Gi 1 1 128 131 128 20000 BLK 20000 4096 0001 e801 6aa8 128 427 Gi 1 16 128 146 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001 e805 e306 128 146 Gi 1 17 128 147 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001 e805 e306 128 147 Int...

Page 1329: ...805 e3 06 Designated bridge has priority 4096 address 0001 e805 e3 06 Designated port id is 128 146 designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 1578 received 0 The port is in the Edge port mode Port 147 GigabitEthernet 1 17 is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000 Port priority 128 Port Identifier 128 147 Designated root has priority 4096 address 0001 e805 e3 ...

Page 1330: ...ent if an error condition occurs port priority or cost for a VLAN range loop guard or root guard S4810 Syntax spanning tree pvst edge port bpduguard shutdown on violation err disable vlan vlan range cost number priority value loopguard rootguard Parameters edge port Enter the keywords edge port to configure the interface as a PVST edge port bpduguard Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast t...

Page 1331: ... is from 0 to 240 The default is 128 loopguard C S and E Series TeraScale only Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST port or port channel interface rootguard C S and E Series TeraScale only Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST port or port channel interface Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For...

Page 1332: ...e if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured the following error message is displayed Error RootGuard is configured Cannot configure LoopGuard When used in a PVST network loop guard is performed per port or per port channel at a VLAN level If no BPDUs are received on a VLAN interface the port or port channel transitions to a Loop Inconsistent blocking state onl...

Page 1333: ...ng OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced Usage Information Some non Dell Networking systems which have hybrid ports participating in PVST transmit two kinds of BPDUs an 802 1D BPDU and an untagged PVST BPDU Dell ...

Page 1334: ...on 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 5 1 0 Introduced Usage Information By default Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST This implementation helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary and less often allowing for faster convergence during topology changes However ...

Page 1335: ...oduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced Related Commands vlan forward delay changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state vlan hello time change the time interval between BPDUs vlan m...

Page 1336: ...Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced Related Commands vlan bridge priority sets the bridge priority value vlan hel...

Page 1337: ... the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced Related Commands vlan bridge priority sets the bridge priority value vlan forward delay changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions t...

Page 1338: ...and Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced Related Commands...

Page 1339: ...dress to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations You can optionally include overhead fields in rate metering calculations by enabling QoS Rate Adjustment S4810 Syntax qos rate adjustment overhead bytes Parameters overhead bytes Include a specified number of bytes of packet overhead to include in rate limiting policing and shaping calculations The range ...

Page 1340: ...rity value To delete the IEEE 802 1p configuration on the interface use the no dot1p priority command Parameters priority value Enter a value from 0 to 7 dot1p Queue Number 0 2 1 0 2 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference...

Page 1341: ...tted rate burst KB peak kbps peak rate burst KB vlan vlan id Parameters kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second Kbps The range is from 0 to 40000000 The default granularity is Megabits per second Mbps committed rate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps The range is from 0 to 40000 burst KB OPTIONAL Enter the burst size in KB The range is from 16 to 200000 The default is...

Page 1342: ... tagged ports with Layer 2 switched traffic S Series On one interface you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface For each physical interface you can configure three rate police commands specifying different VLANS rate shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface S4810 Syntax rate shape kbps rate burst KB Parameters...

Page 1343: ...aped between 64 and 1000 Kbs for some values the shaped rate is much less than the value configured NOTE When packets of size greater than 7000 bytes are expected to be received from the network Dell Networking recommends that you configure the burst value to be more than 175 KB if you configured the rate shape Such a setting ensures proper bandwidth sharing across queues Related Commands rate sha...

Page 1344: ...ng use the service class dynamic dot1p command Related Commands show qos dot1p queue mapping displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch service class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802 1p markings on incoming switched traffic on an interface from INTERFACE mode or on all interfaces from CONFIGURATION mode A CONFIGURATION mode entry supersedes an INTERFACE mode entry S4810 Syntax service c...

Page 1345: ...nterfaces assigned to the port channel are automatically configured you cannot assign the service class dynamic command to individual interfaces in a port channel All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless you enable the service class dynamic dot1p command on an interface or globally Layer 2 or Layer 3 service policies supersede dot1p service classes strict priority queue Configure a unicast qu...

Page 1346: ...ses in S Series or eight classes in case of S6000 Dell Networking OS enables you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria Policy based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces such as port channels VLANS or loopbacks bandwidth percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class queue S4810 Syntax bandwidth percentage percentage To remove the bandwidth percentage use the...

Page 1347: ...keywords match all to determine that the packets must meet all the match criteria in order to be a member of the class match any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist Enter the keywords match any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class class map name Enter a name of the class for the class map...

Page 1348: ... Commands ip access list extended configures an extended IP ACL ip access list standard configures a standard IP ACL match ip access group configures the match criteria based on the access control list ACL match ip precedence identifies the IP precedence values as match criteria match ip dscp configures the match criteria based on the DSCP value match mac access group configures a match criterion ...

Page 1349: ...working OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 18 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands show qos statistics displays the QoS statis...

Page 1350: ...qos policy input creates an input QoS policy on the router qos policy output creates an output QoS policy on the router wred profile creates a WRED profile match ip access group Configure match criteria for a class map based on the access control list ACL S4810 Syntax match ip access group access group name set ip dscp value To remove ACL match criteria from a class map use the no match ip access ...

Page 1351: ...es the class map match ip dscp Use a differentiated services code point DSCP value as a match criteria S4810 Syntax match ip dscp dscp list set ip dscp value To remove a DSCP value as a match criteria use the no match ip dscp dscp list set ip dscp value command Parameters dscp list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria Separate values by commas no spaces 1 2 3 or indicate a lis...

Page 1352: ... map identifies the class map match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria S4810 Syntax match ip precedence ip precedence list multicast set ip dscp value To remove IP precedence as a match criteria use the no match ip precedence ip precedence list set ip dscp value command Parameters ip precedence list Enter the IP precedence value s as the match criteria Separate values by co...

Page 1353: ... 1 2 3 command NOTE Only one of the IP precedence values must be a successful match criterion not all of the specified IP precedence values must match Related Commands class map identifies the class map match ip vlan Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map S4810 Syntax match ip vlan vlan id To remove VLAN as the match criterion use the no match ip vlan vlan id command Parameters vla...

Page 1354: ...specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S Series and Z Series Usage Information To access this command enter the class map command After the class map is identified you can configure the match crite...

Page 1355: ...re Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Usage Information To access this command enter the class map command After the class map is identified you can configure the match criteria Related Commands class map identifies the class map match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value S4810 Syntax match mac dot1p dot1p list Parameters dot1p list Enter a dot1p value The range is ...

Page 1356: ... match mac vlan number Parameters number Enter the VLAN ID The range is from 1 to 4094 Defaults none Command Modes CLASS MAP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced o...

Page 1357: ...mode only Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Intr...

Page 1358: ... list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class map QoS policy or incoming packets DSCP This command enables Poli...

Page 1359: ...istory for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information To assign traffic to dif...

Page 1360: ...efer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the input QoS policy Once i...

Page 1361: ...oduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy Once output policy is specified rate shape sche...

Page 1362: ...IONAL Enter the keywords wred profile then your WRED profile name in character format 16 character maximum Or use one of the pre defined WRED profile names Pre defined Profiles wred_drop wred ge_y wred_ge_g wred_teng_y wred_teng_g multicast bandwidth percentage OPTIONAL Enter the keywords multicast bandwidth then the bandwidth percentage The range is from 0 to 100 Defaults none Command Modes CONFI...

Page 1363: ...icast bandwidth are applied When multicast bandwidth is assigned along with unicast bandwidth first multicast bandwidth is reserved for that port then the remaining unicast bandwidth configured is adjusted according to the bandwidth available after reserving for multicast bandwidth queue ingress Assign a WRED Curve to all eight ingress Multicast queues or designate the percentage for the Multicast...

Page 1364: ... Bandwidth percent is not allowed for ingress multicast rate police Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic S4810 Syntax rate police kbps committed rate burst KB peak kbps peak rate burst KB Parameters kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second Kbps Make the following value a multiple of 64 The range is from 0 to 40000000 The default granularity is ...

Page 1365: ...ut policy rate shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy S4810 Syntax rate shape kbps rate burst KB Parameters kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second Kbps Make the following value a multiple of 64 The range is from 0 to 40000000 The default granularity is Megabits per second Mbps rate The range is from 10 to 40000 burst KB OPTIONAL Enter the ...

Page 1366: ...an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist layer2 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map The default is Layer 3 Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Netwo...

Page 1367: ...mum You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S...

Page 1368: ...icy name assigned to the queue in text format 16 characters maximum This specifies the input QoS policy assigned to the queue under policy map input and output QoS policy under policy map output context Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf policy map in and conf policy map out Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relev...

Page 1369: ...ange is from 0 to 63 Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf qos policy in Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on ...

Page 1370: ...ss map Class map match any CM Match ip access group ACL Related Commands class map identifies the class map show qos dot1p queue mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch S4810 Syntax show qos dot1p queue mapping Defaults dot1p Priority 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Queue 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information...

Page 1371: ... a policy map interface in detail enter the keyword detail and optionally one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command Histo...

Page 1372: ...eue Class map name Qos policy name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell Example Summary IPv4 Dell sho qos policy map summary Interface policy map input policy map output Gi 4 1 PM1 Gi 4 2 PM2 PMOut Dell show qos policy map input View the input QoS policy map details S4810 Syntax show qos policy map input policy map name class class map name qos policy input qos policy ...

Page 1373: ...n 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 E Series Only Added Trust IPv6 diffserv pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show qos policy map input Policy map input PolicyMapInput Aggregate Qos policy name AggPolicyIn Queue Class map name Qos po...

Page 1374: ...0 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show qos policy map output Policy map output PolicyMapOutput Aggregate Qos policy name AggPolicyOut Queue Qos policy name 0 qosPolicyOutput Dell show qos qos p...

Page 1375: ... 1 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show qos qos policy input Qos policy input QosInput Rate police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 Dell show qos qos policy output View the output QoS policy details S4810 Syntax show qos qos policy output qos policy name Parameters qos policy name Enter the QoS policy name Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform spe...

Page 1376: ...he keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitE...

Page 1377: ...mand information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Example Dell show qos wred profile Wred profi...

Page 1378: ...llowing is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information This feature allows you to determine if the...

Page 1379: ...the default rule is always dedicated to a port and is always available for that interface Status Allowed ports Indicates if the input policy map configuration on an interface belonging to a stack unit port pipe is successful Allowed n or not successful Exception The allowed number n indicates the number of ports in that port pipe on which the Policy Map can be applied successfully NOTE In a Layer ...

Page 1380: ...s guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 8 0 Introduced on the S4810 pre Versi...

Page 1381: ... to classify packets according to their DSCP value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf policy map in Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networki...

Page 1382: ...nge XXX DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedenc e S6000 Internal Queue ID S Series Internal Queue ID DSCP CP Decimal 111XXX Network Control 7 3 48 63 110XXX Internetwo rk Control 6 3 48 63 101XXX EF Expedited Forwarding CRITIC EC P 5 2 32 47 100XXX AF4 Assured Forwarding Flash Override 4 2 32 47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16 31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16 31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0 15 000XXX BE Best ...

Page 1383: ...relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Profile name character limit increased from 16 to 32 pre Version 6 1 1 1 Introduc...

Page 1384: ...s can occur If the transmission endpoints are ECN capable and traffic is congested and the WRED algorithm determines that the packet should have been dropped based on the drop probability the packet is transmitted and marked so the routers know the system is congested and can slow transmission rates If neither endpoint is ECN capable the packet may be dropped based on the WRED drop probability Thi...

Page 1385: ...ommand History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on t...

Page 1386: ...1386 ...

Page 1387: ...y to RIP version 2 S4810 Syntax auto summary To send sub prefix routing information use the no auto summary command Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this com...

Page 1388: ...uced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information This command triggers updates of the main RIP routing tables debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting S4810 Syntax debug ip rip interface database events interface tri...

Page 1389: ...nd Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Versio...

Page 1390: ...e The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information T...

Page 1391: ...ion 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value Related Commands redistribute allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods description Enter a de...

Page 1392: ...outer rip enters ROUTER mode on the switch distance Assign a weight for prioritization to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route Lower weights administrative distance are preferred S4810 Syntax distance weight ip address mask prefix name To return to the default values use the no distance weight ip address mask command Parameters weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weig...

Page 1393: ...s default metric assigns one distance metric to all routes learned using the redistribute command distribute list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates S4810 Syntax distribute list prefix list name in interface To delete the filter use the no distribute list prefix list name in command Parameters prefix list name Enter the name of a configured prefix list interface OPTIONAL Identifies...

Page 1394: ...on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Added support for 4 port 40G line cards on ExaScale Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands ip prefix list enters PREFIX LIST mode and configures a prefix list distribute list out...

Page 1395: ...TIONAL Enter the keyword ospf to filter all OSPF routes static OPTIONAL Enter the keyword static to filter manually configured routes Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS ver...

Page 1396: ...sion 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands ip split horizon sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes ip rip receive version To receive specific versions of R...

Page 1397: ...ed on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command Related Commands ip rip send version sets the RIP version for sending RIP traffic on an interface version sets the RIP version the switch software uses ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP set the i...

Page 1398: ... version of RIP packets use the ip rip send version 1 2 command Related Commands ip rip receive version sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic version sets the RIP version for the switch software ip split horizon Enable split horizon for RIP data on the interface As described in RFC 2453 the split horizon scheme prevents any routes learned over a specific interface to be sent ba...

Page 1399: ... to the default values use the no maximum paths commands Parameters number Enter the number of paths The range is from 1 to 16 The default is 4 paths Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS ...

Page 1400: ...History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S481...

Page 1401: ...igured Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z900...

Page 1402: ...128 For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Com...

Page 1403: ...the no output delay command Parameters delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval The range is from 8 to 50 Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version his...

Page 1404: ...n the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For a VLAN enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide T...

Page 1405: ...keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed Defaults Not configured Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference G...

Page 1406: ...S routing process level 1 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 1 to redistribute only IS IS Level 1 routes level 1 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 1 2 to redistribute both IS IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes level 2 OPTIONAL Enter the keywords level 2 to redistribute only IS IS Level 2 routes metric metric value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value The range is from 0 ...

Page 1407: ...OPTIONAL Enter the keywords match external then the numbers 1 or 2 to indicated that external 1 routes or external 2 routes should be redistributed match internal OPTIONAL Enter the keywords match internal to indicate that internal routes should be redistributed metric metric value OPTIONAL Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value The range is from 0 to 16 route map map name OPTI...

Page 1408: ...pecific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on ...

Page 1409: ...ine Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series E...

Page 1410: ...st of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes ...

Page 1411: ... 2 via 1 1 130 2 00 00 12 Port channel 30 50 2 via 1 1 10 2 00 00 18 Vlan 10 208 250 42 0 24 auto summary show running config rip Display the current RIP configuration S4810 Syntax show running config rip Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Refe...

Page 1412: ...re declared invalid or expired The invalid value should be at least three times the update timer value The range is from zero 0 to 4294967295 The default is 180 seconds holddown Enter the number of seconds to specify a time interval during which the route is marked as unreachable but still sending RIP packets The holddown value should be at least three times the update timer value The range is fro...

Page 1413: ...E Series Usage Information If you change the timers on one router also synchronize the timers on all routers in the RIP domain version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2 S4810 Syntax version 1 2 To return to the default version setting use the no version command Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2 Defaults The Dell Net...

Page 1414: ... Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands ip rip receive version sets the RIP version the interface receives ip rip send version sets the RIP version the interface sends 1414 Routing Information Protocol RIP ...

Page 1415: ...bits Alarm Table RFC 2819 High Capacity Alarm Table 64bits RFC 3434 64bits Event Table RFC 2819 Log Table RFC 2819 Dell Networking OS RMON does not support the following statistics etherStatsCollisions etherHistoryCollisions etherHistoryUtilization NOTE Only SNMP GET GETNEXT access is supported Configure RMON using the RMON commands Collected data is lost during a chassis reboot rmon alarm Set an ...

Page 1416: ...ponding rising threshold event the value is zero falling threshold value event number Enter the keywords falling threshold then the value 32 bit the falling threshold alarm is either triggered or reset Then enter the event number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit This value is the same as the alarmFallingEventIndex or the alarmTable of the RMON MIB If there is no correspondin...

Page 1417: ...in the RMON history table owner name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics buckets number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword buckets then the number of buckets for the RMON collection history group of statistics The bucket range is from 1 to 1000 The default is 50 interval seconds OPTIONAL Enter the keyword interval then the number of seco...

Page 1418: ...value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table The integer value must be a unique in the RMON statistic table owner name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE config if Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms re...

Page 1419: ... an SNMP community string to configure the eventType setting in the RMON MIB This keyword sets either snmp trap or log and trap The default is public description string OPTIONAL Enter the keyword description then a string describing the event owner name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword owner then the name of the owner of this event Defaults As noted in the Parameters section Command Modes CONFIGURATION ...

Page 1420: ...0 seconds delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table rising threshold value event number Enter the keywords rising threshold then the value 64 bit the rising threshold alarm is either triggered or ...

Page 1421: ...rsion 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage S4810 Syntax show rmon Defaults none Comm...

Page 1422: ...00 bytes log table 2 entries 552 bytes Dell show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table S4810 Syntax show rmon alarms index brief Parameters index OPTIONAL Enter the table index number to display just that entry brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy to read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform s...

Page 1423: ...old 1 RMON event index 1 falling threshold 501 RMON event index 501 alarm owner 1 alarm status OK Dell Example Brief Dell show rmon alarm br index SNMP OID 1 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 3 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 4 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 5 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 6 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 7 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 8 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 9 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 10 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 11 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 12 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 13 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 14 1 3...

Page 1424: ...e Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Index Del...

Page 1425: ...in an easy to read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 ...

Page 1426: ...rief index SNMP OID 1 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 3 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 4 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 5 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 3 Dell show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table S4810 Syntax show rmon history index brief Parameters index OPTIONAL Enter the table index number to display just that entry brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in a...

Page 1427: ...atus OK Dell Example Brief Dell show rmon history brief index ifIndex interface 6001 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2 0 6002 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2 0 6003 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2 1 6004 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2 1 9001 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3 0 9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3 0 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3 1 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3 1 Dell show rmon l...

Page 1428: ...1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries If the log exceeds that maximum the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry Example Index Dell show rmon log 2 RMON log entry alarm table index 2 log index 1 log time 14638 THU AUG 12 22 10 40 2004 description 2 Dell Example Brief Dell show rmon log br eventIndex description 2 2 4 4 Dell ...

Page 1429: ...rface ifIndex 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2 0 packets dropped 0 bytes received 0 packets received 0 broadcast packets 0 multicast packets 0 CRC error 0 under size packets 0 over size packets 0 fragment errors 0 jabber errors 0 collision 0 64bytes packets 0 65 127 bytes packets 0 128 255 bytes packets 0 256 511 bytes packets 0 512 1023 bytes packets 0 1024 1518 bytes packets 0 owner 1 status OK hi...

Page 1430: ...e 6001 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2 0 6002 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2 0 6003 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2 1 6004 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2 1 9001 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3 0 9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3 0 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3 1 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3 1 Dell 1430 Remote Monitoring RMON ...

Page 1431: ...ty value Enter a number as the bridge priority value in increments of 4096 The range is from 0 to 61440 The default is 32768 Defaults 32768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP conf rstp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS ver...

Page 1432: ... enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot port information For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information Optionally enter an in or out parame...

Page 1433: ...d spanning tree S4810 Syntax description description To remove the description use the no description description command Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree 80 characters maximum Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE The prompt is config rstp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the re...

Page 1434: ...and information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Ver...

Page 1435: ... is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 ...

Page 1436: ...e Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Added the milli second option to the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Serie...

Page 1437: ...efault is 20 seconds Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP conf rstp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced o...

Page 1438: ...rking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode To ...

Page 1439: ...S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell conf rstp show config protocol spanning tree rstp no disable bridge priority 16384 show spanning tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration S4810 Syntax show spanning tree ...

Page 1440: ...ing FWD listening LIS blocking BLK disabled DIS or shut down EDS Shut Guard Type Types of STP guard configured Root Loop or BPDU guard Example Brief Dell show spanning tree rstp brief Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 8192 Address 0001 e805 e306 Root Bridge hello time 4 max age 20 forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Configured hello time...

Page 1441: ...01 6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 max hops 0 Bridge Identifier has priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Configured hello time 2 max age 20 forward delay 15 max hops 0 We are the root Current root has priority 32768 Address 0001 e801 6aa8 Number of topology changes 1 last change occurred 00 00 31 ago on Gi 0 0 Port 257 GigabitEthernet 0 0 is LBK_INC Discarding Port path ...

Page 1442: ...Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet 1800 Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet 180000 edge port Enter the keywords edge port to configure the interface as a rapid spanning tree edge port bpduguard OPTIONAL Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BP...

Page 1443: ...or is subject to a DOS attack This option places the port into an Error Disable state if a BPDU appears and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action NOTE A port configured as an edge port on an RSTP switch immediately transitions to the Forwarding state Only configure ports connected to end hosts as edge ports Consider an edge port similar to a port with a spanning ...

Page 1444: ... specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced o...

Page 1445: ...knob command to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP 1445 ...

Page 1446: ...1446 ...

Page 1447: ...50 Software Defined Networking SDN Dell Networking operating software supports Software Defined Networking SDN For more information refer to the SDN Deployment Guide Software Defined Networking SDN 1447 ...

Page 1448: ...1448 ...

Page 1449: ...cking of services that users are accessing and the amount of network resources being consumed by those services When you enable AAA Accounting the network server reports user activity to the TACACS security server in the form of accounting records Each accounting record is comprised of accounting AV pairs and is stored on the access control server As with authentication and authorization you must ...

Page 1450: ...ges the start notice before granting the user s process request stop only Enter the keywords stop only to instruct the TACACS security server to send a stop record accounting notice at the end of the requested user process tacacs Enter the keyword tacacs to use TACACS data for accounting Dell Networking OS currently only supports TACACS accounting Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command ...

Page 1451: ...ration of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL S4810 Syntax aaa accounting suppress null username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL use the no aaa accounting suppress null username command Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information...

Page 1452: ...d History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S Series and Z Series Usage Information You can use this command to configure the group of Radius servers used for Authentica...

Page 1453: ... Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 3 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions Example Dell show accounting Active accounted actions on tty2 User admin Priv 1 Task ID 1 EXEC Accounting record 00 00 39 Elapsed service shell Act...

Page 1454: ...on about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 ...

Page 1455: ...zation parameters on the system to perform authorization tacacs Use the TACACS protocol to perform authorization none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of ...

Page 1456: ...on 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information By default the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands Use the command no aaa authorization config comm...

Page 1457: ...on 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 1 1 0 Added support for RADIUS privilege level CONFIGURATION mode Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands S4810 Syntax privilege mode level level command reset command To delete access to a level and command...

Page 1458: ... is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information To define a pass...

Page 1459: ...1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system use the following the commands aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode the Enable access S4810 Syntax aaa authentication enable default method l...

Page 1460: ...ant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 0 ...

Page 1461: ... name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of a user configured method list that can be applied to different lines default Enter the keyword default to specify that the method list specified is the default method for all terminal lines method Enter one of the following methods enable use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode line use the passwor...

Page 1462: ...the first method listed Dell Networking OS applies the next method configured If users fail the first method listed no other methods are applied The only exception is the local method If the user s name is not listed in the local database the next method is applied If the correct user name password combination is not entered the user is not allowed access to the switch NOTE If authentication fails...

Page 1463: ...ant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 ...

Page 1464: ...that you copied from the show running config file of another Dell Networking router password Enter a text string up to 32 characters long as the clear text password Defaults No password is configured level 15 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide...

Page 1465: ...within the switch enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands S4810 Syntax enable restricted encryption type password To disallow access to restricted commands use the no enable restricted command Parameters encryption type OPTIONAL Enter the number 7 as the encryption type Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password The text string must be a ...

Page 1466: ... Parameters level level OPTIONAL Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access The range is from 1 to 15 encryption type OPTIONAL Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the s...

Page 1467: ...gular expression in it use CNTL v prior to entering regular expression For example to create the password abcd e you type abcd CNTL v e When the password is created you do not use the CNTL v key combination and enter abcd e NOTE The question mark and the tilde are not supported characters Related Commands show running config views the current configuration privilege level CONFIGURATION mode contro...

Page 1468: ... on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information If you configure the aaa authentication login default command the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines Related Commands aaa authentication login sel...

Page 1469: ...n the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Dell Networking OS prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is line Related Commands enable password sets the password for the enable command login authentication configures an authentica...

Page 1470: ...acter restriction to indicate a character restriction for the password upper number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword upper then the upper number The range is from 0 to 31 lower number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword lower then the lower number The range is from 0 to 31 numeric number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword numeric then the numeric number The range is from 0 to 31 special char number OPTIONAL Enter the ke...

Page 1471: ... is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information CAUTION Encrypti...

Page 1472: ...t of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Example Dell show privilege Current privile...

Page 1473: ...8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show user command shown in the following example Field Description untitled Indicates with an asterisk which terminal line you are using Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use Us...

Page 1474: ...rameters Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Ve...

Page 1475: ...pe or the password secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption type or the password encryption type Enter an encryption type for the password that you enter 0 directs Dell Networking OS to store the password as clear text It is the default encryption type when using the password option 7 to indicate that a password encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm follows This encryption type is ava...

Page 1476: ...d the MD5 password encryption Extended the name from 25 to 63 characters Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information To view the defined user names use the show running config user command Related Commands password specifies a password for users on terminal lines show running config views the...

Page 1477: ...source interface interface To delete a source interface use the no ip radius source interface command Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a 100 1000 Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot port information For Loopback in...

Page 1478: ...he C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series radius server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped S4810 Syntax radius server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value use the no radius server deadtime command Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non respon...

Page 1479: ... specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S Series and Z Series Example FTOS conf radius server group group1 FTOS conf radius group radius server host 1 1 1 1 key secret FTOS conf radius group radius...

Page 1480: ...ero 0 to 65535 The default port number is 1812 retransmit retries OPTIONAL Enter the keyword retransmit then a number as the number of attempts This parameter overwrites the radius server retransmit command The range is from zero 0 to 100 The default is 3 attempts timeout seconds OPTIONAL Enter the keyword timeout then the seconds the time interval the switch waits for a reply from the RADIUS serv...

Page 1481: ...ured use this command Dell Networking OS searches for the RADIUS hosts in the order they are configured in the software The global default values for the timeout retransmit and key optional parameters are applied unless those values are specified in the radius server host or other commands To return to the global default values if you configure the timeout retransmit or key values include those ke...

Page 1482: ...erver group and a VRF and source interface S4810 Syntax radius server vrf vrf name source interface interface To delete the association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface use the no radius server vrf vrf name source interface interface command Parameters vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a RADIUS server group with that VRF interf...

Page 1483: ...owever you cannot configure the source interface with the default VRF as such a configuration results in conflicts between the source interfaces corresponding to the 802 1x supplicants on that default VRF RADIUS groups and VRFs have one to one mapping If a VRF is configured with one RADIUS group then you cannot use the same VRF with another RADIUS group When the VRF is removed then the correspondi...

Page 1484: ... Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 7 1 0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon If you configure the key...

Page 1485: ...ersion 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands radius server host configures a RADIUS host radius server timeout To reply to a request ...

Page 1486: ...ersion 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Related Commands radius server host configures a RADIUS host TACACS Commands Dell Networking OS supports TACACS as an alternate method for login authentication tacacs server group Creates a group of TACACS servers to be used for Authentication Authorization and Accoun...

Page 1487: ...p tacacs server vrf vrf1 source interface tengigabitethernet 0 36 Dell conf exit Dell conf aaa tacacsgroup group1 Related Commands aaa authentication login specifies the login authentication method tacacs server key configures a TACACS key for the TACACS server debug tacacs To assist with troubleshooting view TACACS transactions S4810 Syntax debug tacacs To disable debugging of TACACS use the no d...

Page 1488: ...om zero 0 to 16838 For the Null interface enter the keywords null 0 For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For VLAN interface enter the k...

Page 1489: ... Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S Series and Z Series Usage Information You can associate a TACACS server group with a VRF Example Dell conf tacacs server group group1 Dell conf tacacs group tacacs server host 1 1 1 1 key secret Dell conf tacacs group tacacs server ...

Page 1490: ...is from 0 to 1000 The default is 10 seconds key key OPTIONAL Enter the keyword key then a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key This authentication key must match the key specified in the tacacs server key for the TACACS daemon Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer ...

Page 1491: ... be on the default VRF For AAA servers to use a group of TACACS servers you must explicitly configure the group using the aaa tacacs group group name command The order in which the TACACS servers are tried depends on the order in which they are configured Example Dell conf tacacs server group group1 Dell conf tacacs group tacacs server host 1 1 1 1 key secret Dell conf tacacs group no tacacs serve...

Page 1492: ...on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS daemon tacacs server vrf Create an association between a TACACS server group and a VRF and source interface S4810 Syntax tacacs server vrf vrf name source interface interface To delete the association between a TACACS server group and a V...

Page 1493: ... and Z Series Usage Information You can use this command to associate a group of TACACS servers with a VRF and source interface You can configure the source interface only with the VRF attribute and source interface is optional with the VRF attributes If VRF is not configured on the TACACS group then the group is considered to be on the default VRF RADIUS groups and VRFs have one to one mapping If...

Page 1494: ...e RADIUS server is valid the port is placed in the specified VLAN after authentication If port security is enabled on an 802 1X port with VLAN assignment the port is placed in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN If 802 1X is disabled on the port it is returned to the configured access VLAN When the port is in the Force Authorized Force Unauthorized or Shutdown state it is placed in the configured acce...

Page 1495: ...uide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 ...

Page 1496: ...roduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series S Series and E Series Usage Information If the host responds to 802 1X with an incorrect login password the login fails The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts the interface is moved to the...

Page 1497: ...access users or for devices that are not 802 1X capable S4810 Syntax dot1x guest vlan vlan id To disable the guest VLAN use the no dot1x guest vlan vlan id command Parameters vlan id Enter the VLAN Identifier The range is from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf if interface slot port Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other...

Page 1498: ...hrough the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic However the interface may join leave a VLAN dynamically Related Commands dot1x auth fail vlan configures a VLAN for authentication failures dot1x reauthentication enables periodic re authentication show dot1x interface displays the 802 1X information on an interface dot1x mac auth bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass If 802 1X times out bec...

Page 1499: ... 2 Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on th...

Page 1500: ... command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The authenticator performs authentication only when port control is set to auto dot1x quiet period Set the numb...

Page 1501: ...seconds To disable periodic re authentication use the no dot1x reauthentication command Parameters interval seconds Optional Enter the keyword interval then the interval time in seconds after which re authentication is initiated The range is from 1 to 31536000 1 year The default is3600 1 hour Defaults 3600 seconds 1 hour Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For c...

Page 1502: ...is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 I...

Page 1503: ...sion 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series dot1x supplicant timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time out S4810 Syntax dot1x supplicant timeout seconds To return to the default use theno dot1x supplicant timeout command Parameters seconds Enter a time out value in seconds The range is from 1 to 300 where...

Page 1504: ... in seconds that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted The range is from 1 to 65535 1 year The default is 30 Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0...

Page 1505: ...odes EXEC EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Versi...

Page 1506: ...outing table and establish a connection crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server S4810 Syntax NOTE Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access For more information contact your Dell Networking representative crypto key generate rsa rsa1 Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys The range is from 1024 to 2048 if you d...

Page 1507: ...s pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The host keys are required for key exchange by the SSH server If the keys are not found when you enable the server ip ssh server enable the keys are automatically generated This command requires user interaction and generates a prompt prior to overwriting any existing host keys NOTE Only a user with superuser permissions should gen...

Page 1508: ...ory for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Debug information includes details for key exchange authenticatio...

Page 1509: ...ure the switch as an SCP server use the ip ssh server command Related Commands ip ssh server enables the SSH and SCP server on the switch ip ssh authentication retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user S4810 Syntax ip ssh authentication retries 1 10 Parameters 1 10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user The range is from 1 to 10...

Page 1510: ...n rate limit 1 10 Parameters 1 10 Enter the number of maximum numbers of incoming SSH connections allowed per minute The range is from 1 to 10 per minute The default is 10 per minute Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide Th...

Page 1511: ...is command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information If you enable this command clients can log in without a password prompt Thi...

Page 1512: ... Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usag...

Page 1513: ...d on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information With password authentication enabled you can authenticate using the local RADIUS or TACACS password fallback order as configured ip ssh pub key file Specify the file used for host based authentication S4810 Syntax ip ssh pub key file WORD Parameters WORD Enter the file name...

Page 1514: ... public keys of the host for which host based authentication is allowed An example known host file format poclab4 123 12 1 123 ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAox QQp8xYhzOxn07yh4VGPAoUfgKoieTHO9G4sNV ui DWEc3cgYAcU5Lai1MU2ODrzhCwyDNp05tKBU3t ReG1o8AxLi6 S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaXdHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNxPDpEn WIMPJi0ds ashwani poclab4 NOTE For rhostfile and pub key file the adminis...

Page 1515: ... Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host based authentication This creates file overwrites the flash ADMIN_DIR ssh shosts file and deletes the user specified file Even though this command is a global configuration command it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once This file contains hostnames and usernames for which hosts ...

Page 1516: ...ompted for a password In addition the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys ip ssh rsa authentication my authorized keys device filename command ip ssh server Configure an SSH server SSH server is enabled by default S4810 Syntax NOTE Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access For more information contact your Dell Networking re...

Page 1517: ...e S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port If a port is not specified listening is on SSH default port 22 NOTE Starting with Dell Networking OS Release 9 2 0 0 SSH server is enabled by default Example Dell conf Dell conf ip ssh server port 45 Dell conf ip s...

Page 1518: ...e the SSH server on either a management VRF or a user defined VRF but not both If no VRF is specified then the SSH server is enabled on the default VRF If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1 then use the following command to restart the SSH server on a VRF with name vrf2 ip ssh server vrf vrf2 If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1 then use the following command to rest...

Page 1519: ... enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S Series and Z...

Page 1520: ... the same VRF for the SSH client sessions intended for that VRF The vrf attribute in the ip ssh vrf command is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY SCP commands Example Dell conf ip ssh vrf vrf1 Dell conf do ssh 10 10 10 2 l admin Dell conf no ip ssh vrf vrf1 show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host keys S4810 Syntax NOTE Some of the parameters in this command require ...

Page 1521: ...l show crypto key mypubkey rsa ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAtzkZME e8V8smnXR22EJGQhCMkEOkuisa OILVoMYU1ZKGfj0W5BPCSvF x5ifqYFFwUzJNOcsJK7vjSsnmMhChF2YSvXlvTJ6h971FJAQlOsgd0ycpocsF DNLKfJnx7SAjhakFQMwG g g78ZkDT3Ydr8KKjfSI4Bg WS8B740 Dell show crypto key mypubkey rsa1 1024 35 131060015480873398953257515397249657850072206444294963674080935 6830889610203172266 798895675496676526500637962218977...

Page 1522: ...l sh ip ssh SSH server enabled SSH server version v1 and v2 Password Authentication enabled Hostbased Authentication disabled RSA Authentication disabled Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 1 3des cbc hmac md5 10 1 20 48 2 3des cbc hmac md5 10 1 20 48 Related Commands ip ssh server configures an SSH server show ip ssh client pub keys displays the client public keys show ip ssh client pub keys Display th...

Page 1523: ...i1MU2ODrzhCwyDNp05tKBU3tReG1 o8AxLi6 S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaXdHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNxPDpEnWIMPJi0 ds ashwani poclab4 Dell Related Commands ip ssh pub key file configures the filename for the host based authentication ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the host name username port number and version of the SSH client S4810 Syntax NOTE Some of the parameters in this command require ...

Page 1524: ...t The range is from 0 to 128 NOTE The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros c encryption cipher Enter the following encryption cipher For v2 clients only 3des cbc Force ssh to use 3des cbc encryption cipher l username OPTIONAL Enter the keyword l then the user name used in this SSH session The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal m HMAC algorithm En...

Page 1525: ...es pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface Example Dell ssh 10 11 8 12 c Encryption cipher to use for v2 clients only l User name option m HMAC algorithm t...

Page 1526: ...ry for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping displays the contents of the DHCP binding table ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82 S4810 Syntax ip dhcp relay information opti...

Page 1527: ... S4810 Syntax no ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on th...

Page 1528: ...f interface to which the host is connected For an 10 100 Ethernet interface enter the keyword fastethernet For a ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword tengigabitethernet For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE slot port Enter the slot and port number of the interface lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address is leased The range is ...

Page 1529: ... none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Introduced on the Z9500 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 ...

Page 1530: ...terface as trusted S4810 Syntax no ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 ...

Page 1531: ... vlan name Parameters name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introd...

Page 1532: ...rmation about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 8 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Serie...

Page 1533: ...is to disable protocol packet tunneling through the 802 1q tunnel Rate limiting is required to protect against bridge protocol data units BPDU attacks A port channel including through link aggregation control protocol LACP can be configured as a VLAN Stack access or trunk port Address resolution protocol ARP packets work as expected across the tunnel Far end failure detection FEFD works the same a...

Page 1534: ...C Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 0 Ad...

Page 1535: ...troduced on the Z9000 Version 8 5 1 1 Added support for 802 1X E LMI GMRP GVRP LLDP LACP MMRP MVRP and OAM 802 3ah protocol traffic to the E Series ExaScale Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series and E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Example Dell conf Dell conf interface vlan 2 Dell conf if vl 2 vlan stack compatible Dell conf if vl 2 member Gi1 2 3 Dell conf if vl 2 protoc...

Page 1536: ... 1 0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable VLAN Stacking no protocol packets are tunneled Related Command show protocol tunnel displays tunneling information for all VLANs protocol tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system S4810 Syntax protocol tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling use the no protocol tunnel enable command Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURA...

Page 1537: ...ts 75 frames per second Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 In...

Page 1538: ...S Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series and E Series ExaScale Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced Example Dell show prot...

Page 1539: ...Gi1 2 2 STP PVST Dell Related Commands show running config displays the current configuration Service Provider Bridging 1539 ...

Page 1540: ...1540 ...

Page 1541: ...packet is always zero sFlow sampling is done on a per port basis Community list and local preference fields are not filled up in the extended gateway element in the sFlow datagram The 802 1P source priority field is not filled up in the extended switch element in the sFlow datagram Only Destination and Destination Peer AS numbers are packed in the dst as path field in the extended gateway element ...

Page 1542: ...Flow agent IP address in dotted decimal format for IPv4 or x x x x x format for IPv6 NOTE The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros number OPTIONAL Enter the user datagram protocol UDP port number The range is from 0 to 65535 The default is 6343 max datagram size number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword max datagram size then the size number in bytes The range is from 400 to 1500 The ...

Page 1543: ...ctors are configured traffic samples are sent to both The sFlow agent address is carried in a field in SFlow packets and is used by the collector to identify the sFlow agent In sFlow the agent address is a single invariant IPv4 or IPv6 address used to identify the agent to the collector It is usually assigned the address of a loopback interface on the agent which provides invariance The agent addr...

Page 1544: ...n the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced S Series Stacking Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default In addition to this command sFlow...

Page 1545: ...ed on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information When you enable sFlow on an interface flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface NOTE After a physical port is a member of a LAG it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port Related Commands sflo...

Page 1546: ...n 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Dell Networking OS enhances the sflow implementation for real time traffic analysis on the E Series to provide extended gateway information in cases where the destination IP addresses are learned by different routing protocols and for cases where the destination is reachable over ECMP Related Commands...

Page 1547: ...Usage Information The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector This command changes the global default counter polling 20 seconds interval You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval Related Commands sflow polling interval Interface sets the polling interval for an interface sflow polling ...

Page 1548: ...aScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information This command sets the counter polling interval for an interface Related Commands sflow polling interval Global globally sets the polling interval sflow sample rate Global Change the global default sampling rate S4810 Syntax sflow sample rate valu...

Page 1549: ...is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken This command changes the global default sampling rate You can configure an interface to use a different sampling rate than the global sampling rate If the value entered is not a correct power of 2 the command generates an error message with the previous and next power of 2 value Select one of these two packet numbers and re enter ...

Page 1550: ... 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information This command changes the sampling rate for an interface By default the sampling rate of an interface is set to the same value as the current global default sampling rate If the value entered is not a correct power of 2 the command generates an error message with the previous and next power of 2 value Select one of these two number and re enter the ...

Page 1551: ...the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on S Series Stacking Version 8 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The dropEvent counter sFlow samples dropped due to sub sampling shown in the following example always displays a value of zero Example Dell sho...

Page 1552: ...Gi 3 40 configured rate 16384 actual rate 16384 sub sampling rate 1 Dell 1552 sFlow ...

Page 1553: ...ers Important Points to Remember Typically 5 second timeout and 3 second retry values on an SNMP server are sufficient for both LAN and WAN applications If you experience a timeout with these values the recommended best practice on Dell Networking switches to accommodate their high port density is to increase the timeout and retry values on your SNMP server to the following SNMP Timeout greater th...

Page 1554: ...he S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Example Dell show snmp 32685 SNMP packets input 0 Bad SNMP version errors 0 Unknown community name 0 Illegal operation for community name supplied 0 Encoding errors 96988 Number of requested variables 0 Number of altered variables 31681 Get request PDUs 968 Get next PDUs 0 Set req...

Page 1555: ...8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Example Dell show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172 31 1 3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172 31 1 3 5008 Dell Related Comma...

Page 1556: ...on auth the read and notify name is nview with no write view name specified and finally the row status is active Example Dell show snmp group groupname v1v2creadg security model v1 readview v1v2cdefault writeview no write view specified notifyview v1v2cdefault context no context specified row status active Dell Related Commands snmp server group configures an SNMP server group show snmp user Displ...

Page 1557: ...snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000...

Page 1558: ...cess list name access list name security name name security name name ipv6 ipv6 access list name access list name security name name access list name ipv6 ipv6 access list name access list name security name name To remove access to a community use the no snmp server community community string ro rw security name name access list name ipv6 access list name access list name ipv6 access list name co...

Page 1559: ...curity name as defined by the community MIB If a community string is configured without a security name for example snmp server community public ro the community is mapped to a default security name group v1v2creadu v1v2creadg maps to a community with ro read only permissions v1v2cwriteu v1v2cwriteg maps to a community with rw read write permissions The community name parameter indexes this comman...

Page 1560: ...resses or protocols show running config displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults snmp server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node S4810 Syntax snmp server contact text To delete the SNMP server contact information use the no snmp server contact command Parameters text Enter an alphanumeric text string up to 55 characters long Defaults none Command Mo...

Page 1561: ...fication of changes to the startup or running configuration ecfm Notification of changes to ECFM ecmp Enable an ECMP trap to notify of ECMP or link bundle traffic imbalances envmon For Dell Networking device notifications when an environmental threshold is exceeded isis Notification of intermediate service traps lacp Notification of changes snmp Notification of RFC 1157 traps stp Notification of a...

Page 1562: ...port for copy config and ecmp traps Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 1 0 Added support for VRRP traps Version 7 6 1 0 Added support for STP and xSTP traps Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports up ...

Page 1563: ...mote ip address Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF that is used to reach the device NOTE Use this attribute to specify the VRF that is used by the SNMP engine to reach the device If no VRF is specified then the default VRF is used udp port port number engine...

Page 1564: ... Engine ID changes the security digests of SNMPv3 users is invalid and the users will have to be reconfigured For the remote Engine ID the host IP and UDP port are the indexes to the command that are matched to either overwrite or remove the configuration Related Commands show snmp engineID displays the SNMP engine and all the remote engines that are configured on the router show running config sn...

Page 1565: ... packet priv OPTIONAL Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet read name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword read then a name a string of up to 20 characters long as the read view name The default is GlobalView and is assumed to be every object belonging to the internet 1 3 6 1 OID space write name OPTIONAL Enter the keyword write then a name a string of up to...

Page 1566: ...sion 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview NOTE The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups Example Dell conf Dell conf snmp server group harig 3 priv read rview Dell Related Comma...

Page 1567: ... the keyword traps to send trap notifications to the specified host The default is traps informs OPTIONAL Enter the keyword informs to send inform notifications to the specified host The default is traps version 1 2c 3 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword version to specify the security model then the security model version number 1 2c or 3 Version 1 is the least secure version Version 3 is the most secure ...

Page 1568: ...tor traps eoam Enable EOAM state change traps ets Enable ets traps fips Enable FIP Snooping state change traps lacp Enable LACP state change traps isis Enable ISIS adjacency change traps pfc Enable pfc traps snmp Enable SNMP trap stp Enable 802 1d state change traps vlt Enable VLT traps vrrp Enable VRRP state change traps xstp Enable 802 1s 802 1w and PVST state change traps The default is all tra...

Page 1569: ...ch succeeding command overwrites the previous command Only the last snmp server host command will be in effect For example if you enter an snmp server host inform command for a host and then enter another snmp server host inform command for the same host the second command replaces the first command The snmp server host command is used with the snmp server enable command Use the snmp server enable...

Page 1570: ... Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 I...

Page 1571: ...of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introdu...

Page 1572: ...nt Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on t...

Page 1573: ...g to read write community security names defaults v1v2creadu maps to a community with ro permissions 1v2cwriteu maps to a community rw permissions remote ip address Enter the keywords udp port then the user datagram protocol UDP port number on the remote device The range is from 0 to 65535 The default is 162 vrf vrf name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF this is used to connect t...

Page 1574: ...ters long password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent Minimum eight characters long access access list name Optional Enter the standard IPv4 access list name a string up to 16 characters long ipv6 access list name Optional Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name a string up to 16 characters long access list name ipv6 access list name Op...

Page 1575: ...ncrypted password you can specify the encrypted string instead of the plain text password The following command is an Example of how to specify the command with an encrypted string NOTE The number of configurable users is limited to 16 Example Dell snmp server user privuser v3group v3 encrypted auth md5 9fc53d9d908118b2804fe80e3ba8763d priv des56 d0452401a8c3ce42804fe80e3ba8763d Usage Information ...

Page 1576: ...L Enter a text string up to 20 characters long password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host and to send packets to the host Minimum eight characters long aes128 OPTIONAL Enter the keyword aes128 to initiate the AES128 CFB encryption algorithm for transmission of SNMP packets priv password OPTIONAL Enter a text string up to 20 characters long password that enables the host to en...

Page 1577: ...d To remove an SNMPv3 view use the no snmp server view view name oid tree included excluded command Parameters view name Enter the name of the view not to exceed 20 characters oid tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view not to exceed 20 characters included OPTIONAL Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view excluded OPTIONAL Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB fami...

Page 1578: ...Syntax snmp server vrf vrf name To undo the SNMP agent configuration use the no snmp server vrf vrf name command Parameters vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate an SNMP agent with that VRF Defaults Not Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell N...

Page 1579: ...llowing is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Versi...

Page 1580: ...0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Related Commands show logging displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the i...

Page 1581: ...sole Defaults level 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version ...

Page 1582: ... 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor sets the logging monitor parameters terminal monitor sends system messages to the terminal monitor default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers S4810 Syntax default logging tra...

Page 1583: ...eters ip address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format ipv6 address Enter the IPv6 address in the x x x x X format NOTE The notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros hostname Enter the name of a host already configured and recognized by the switch vrf vrf name Optional Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable the logging process in VRF mode NOTE Use th...

Page 1584: ...Syslog server and terminal lines logging trap enables logging to the Syslog server based on severity logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer By default all messages are logged to the internal buffer S4810 Syntax logging buffered level size To return to the default values use the default logging buffered command To disable logging stored to an int...

Page 1585: ...7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size all messages stored in the buffer are lost Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer Related Commands clear logging clears the logging buffer default logging buffered returns the ...

Page 1586: ...ted in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Related Commands clear logging clears the logging buffer default logging console returns the logging console parameters to the d...

Page 1587: ...rocess uucp Unix to Unix copy process The default is local7 Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8...

Page 1588: ...s Defaults warnings or 4 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 I...

Page 1589: ...her platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced ...

Page 1590: ...out other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on th...

Page 1591: ...he Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series E Series legacy command Usage Information When you use the no logging on command messages are lo...

Page 1592: ...nterface enter the keywords port channel then a number Tthe range is from 1 to 128 For a ten Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information For VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGUR...

Page 1593: ...rs command Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa The range is from 0 to 7 The default is 2 all Enter the keyword all to turn off all limit number of buffers Enter the keyword limit then the number of buffers to be qu...

Page 1594: ...ines Related Commands logging on enables logging logging trap Specify which messages are logged to the Syslog server based the message severity S4810 Syntax logging trap level To return to the default values use the default logging trap command To disable logging use the no logging trap command Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters emergencies alert...

Page 1595: ...x show logging number history reverse number reverse number summary Parameters number OPTIONAL Enter the number of messages displayed in the output The range is from 1 to 65535 history OPTIONAL Enter the keyword history to view only information in the Syslog history table reverse OPTIONAL Enter the keyword reverse to view the Syslog messages in FIFO first in first out order summary OPTIONAL Enter ...

Page 1596: ... 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 1 1 14 2 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 1 1 14 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 1 1 11 2 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 1 1 5 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 4 1 3 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHANGE Neighbor 192 1 1 4 Up Oct 8 09 25 38 RPM1 RP1 BGP 5 ADJCHAN...

Page 1597: ...ts none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only...

Page 1598: ...The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series...

Page 1599: ...NK_UP SNMP LINKUP IFA 1 PORT_LINKUP changed interface state to up d AUTHENTICATION_FAIL SNMP AUTH SNMP 3 SNMP_AUTH_FAIL SNMP Authentication failed Request with invalid community string EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN IFM 1 OSTATE_DN changed interface state to down s IFM 5 CSTATE_DN Changed interface Physical state to down s OSTATE_UP SNMP LINKUP IFM 1 OSTATE_UP changed interf...

Page 1600: ...N sLine card d down s CHMGR 2 CARD_DOWN sLine card d down s CHM_CARD_UP ENVMON NONE CHMGR 5 LINECARDUP sLine card d is up CHM_CARD_MISMATCH ENVMON NONE CHMGR 3 CARD_MISMATCH Mismatch line card d is type s type s required CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE RAM 6 RPM_STATE RPM1 is in Active State RAM 6 RPM_...

Page 1601: ...leared Working standby SFM present CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN ENVMON SUPPLY CHMGR 2 PEM_PRBLM Major alarm problem with power entry module s CHM_PWRSRC_CLR ENVMON SUPPLY CHMGR 5 PEM_OK Major alarm cleared power entry module s is good CHM_MAJ_ALARM_PS ENVMON SUPPLY CHMGR 0 MAJOR_PS Major alarm insufficient power s CHM_MAJ_ALARM_PS_CLR ENVMON SUPPLY CHMGR 5 MAJOR_PS_CLR major alarm cleared sufficient power CHM_...

Page 1602: ...00 and E300 CHMGR 2 FANTRAYBAD Major alarm fan tray is missing CHMGR 2 FANSBAD Major alarm most or all fans in fan tray are down CHM_FANTRAY_BAD_CLR ENVMON FAN For the E1200 CHMGR 5 FAN_TRAY_OK Major alarm cleared fan tray d present For the E600 and E300 CHMGR 5 FANTRAYOK Major alarm cleared fan tray present CHM_MIN_FANBAD ENVMON FAN For the E1200 CHMGR 2 FAN_BAD Minor alarm some fans in fan tray ...

Page 1603: ...e drops below threshold MemUsage d MACMGR_STN_MOVE ENVMON NONE MACMGR 5 DETECT_STN_MOVE Station Move threshold exceeded for Mac s in vlan d VRRP_BADAUTH PROTO NONE RPM1 P RP2 VRRP 3 VRRP_BAD_AUTH vrid 1 on Gi 11 12 rcvd pkt with authentication type mismatch RPM1 P RP2 VRRP 3 VRRP_BAD_AUTH vrid 1 on Gi 11 12 rcvd pkt with authentication failure VRRP_GO_MASTER PROTO NONE VRRP 6 VRRP_MASTER vrid d on...

Page 1604: ...1604 ...

Page 1605: ...ing features include 802 1Qbb priority based flow control PFC 802 1Qaz enhanced transmission selection ETS and the data center bridging exchange DCBX protocol redundancy disable auto reboot Prevent the S Series stack management unit stack member unit and standby unit from rebooting if they fail S4810 Syntax redundancy disable auto reboot stack unit members 0 11 To return to the default use the no ...

Page 1606: ...edundancy force failover stack unit Force the standby unit in the stack to become the management unit S4810 Syntax redundancy force failover stack unit Parameters stack unit Enter the stack unit For the S4810 the range is from 0 to 5 Defaults Not enabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant ...

Page 1607: ...ne Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series reset stack unit Reset any designated stack member except the management unit master unit S4810 Syntax reset stack unit hard Paramet...

Page 1608: ...flushing the forwarding tables Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7 8 1 0 you can run this command directly on the stack standby unit standby master to reset the standby You cannot reset any other unit from the standby unit Example Stack MAC 00 01 e8 8b 1a 36 Reload Type normal reload Next boot normal reload Stack Info Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports 0 Management online S481...

Page 1609: ... Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information To modify your results use the show redundancy pipe command as follows except show only text that doesn not match a pattern find search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep show only text that matches a pattern no more do not paginate the output save save the output to a file Example Dell s...

Page 1610: ...P no block sync done SPAN no block sync done Related Commands redundancy disable auto reboot prevents the system from auto rebooting if it fails show system stack ports Display information about the stacking ports on all switches in the stack S4810 Syntax show system stack ports status topology Parameters status OPTIONAL Enter the keyword status to display the command output without the Connection...

Page 1611: ...only currently listed status is Up Connection The stack port ID to which this unit s stack port is connected Example Dell show system stack ports Topology Ring Interface Connection Link Speed Admin Link Gb s Status Status 0 49 1 49 12 up up 0 50 12 up down 0 51 2 49 24 up up 1 49 0 49 12 up up 1 50 2 51 12 up up 2 49 0 51 24 up up 2 51 1 50 12 up up 2 52 12 up down Dell Example Status Dell show sy...

Page 1612: ...come the management unit of a stack S4810 Syntax stack unit stack number priority 1 14 Parameters stack number Enter the stack member unit identifier 1 14 This preference parameter allows you to specify the management priority of one backup switch over another with 0 the lowest priority and 14 the highest The switch with the highest priority value is chosen to become the management unit if the act...

Page 1613: ...20T Enter the model identifier of the switch to be added as a stack member This identifier is also referred to as the provision type Defaults When this value is not set a switch joining the stack is given the next available sequential stack member identifier Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the releva...

Page 1614: ...ion about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Reset command mode from EXEC to CONFIGURATION Version 8 3 10 2 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information The following message displays to confirm the command Set...

Page 1615: ...A to upgrade all stacked units in System A S4810 only B Enter the keyword B to upgrade all stacked units in System B S4810 only Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this ...

Page 1616: ...on displays the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system upgrade S Series management unit and Z Series upgrades the bootflash image or system image of the S Series management unit 1616 Stacking ...

Page 1617: ...ce that has storm control enabled either on an interface or globally When you enable broadcast storm control on an interface or globally on ingress and DSCP marking for a DSCP value 1 is configured for the data traffic the traffic goes to queue 1 instead of queue 0 Similarly if you enable unicast storm control on an interface or globally on ingress and DSCP marking for a DSCP value 2 is configured...

Page 1618: ...s not supported Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version...

Page 1619: ... none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on ...

Page 1620: ...faults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is ...

Page 1621: ... 0 to 33554368 Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION conf Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmabl...

Page 1622: ... guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Intr...

Page 1623: ...on about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced ...

Page 1624: ...he relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C series and S Series storm control unknown unicast Configur...

Page 1625: ... 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information Unknown Unicast Storm Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2 Layer 3 interfaces storm control unknown unicast Interface Configure percentage of unknown unicast traffic allowed on an interface ingress only S4810 Syntax storm control unknown unicast percentage decimal_value in wred profile name packets_per_second in To disable unknown unicast storm c...

Page 1626: ...ort Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced...

Page 1627: ...rd primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge secondary Enter the keyword secondary to designate the bridge as a secondary root bridge Defaults priority value 32768 Command Modes SPANNING TREE The prompt is config stp Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The follow...

Page 1628: ... CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0...

Page 1629: ...rivilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Intro...

Page 1630: ...levant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 pre Version 7 7 1 0 Introduced Related Commands protocol spanning tree enters SPANNING TREE mode on...

Page 1631: ...anning tree enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch forward delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state S4810 Syntax forward delay seconds To return to the default setting use the no forward delay command Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning STP to...

Page 1632: ...g tree bridge protocol data units BPDUs S4810 Syntax hello time seconds To return to the default value use the no hello time command Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs The range is from 1 to 10 The default is 2 seconds Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other ...

Page 1633: ...ault values use the no max age command Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information The range is from 6 to 40 The default is 20 seconds Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command ...

Page 1634: ...ro 0 Dell Networking OS supports one spanning tree group group 0 Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6...

Page 1635: ...NG TREE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introd...

Page 1636: ...terface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot port information root OPTIONAL Enter the keyword root to display configuration information on the spanning tree group root summary OPTION...

Page 1637: ...TG Current root Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge Topology flag States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set Number of Displays the number of topology changes the time of the last topology change and on what interface the topology change occurred Timers Lists the values for the following bridge timers hold time topology change hello time max age and f...

Page 1638: ...ot has priority 32768 address 0001 e800 0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768 address 0001 e800 0a56 Designated port id is 8 27 designated path cost 0 Timers message age 0 forward_delay 0 hold 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 18 received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 28 GigabitEthernet 1 3 is Forwarding Port path cost 4 Port priority 8 Port Identifier 8 28 ...

Page 1639: ...ty or enables loop guard root guard or the Portfast feature on the interface S4810 Syntax spanning tree stp id cost cost loopguard rootguard portfast bpduguard shutdown on violation priority priority To disable Spanning Tree group on an interface use the no spanning tree stp id cost cost loopguard rootguard portfast bpduguard shutdown on violation priority priority command Parameters stp id Enter ...

Page 1640: ...story This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 10 1 Introduced the loopguar...

Page 1641: ...gure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured the following error message is displayed Error RootGuard is configured Cannot configure LoopGuard Do not enable Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port Enabling both features may result in a port that remains in a blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it For example when Portfast BPDU guard...

Page 1642: ...1642 ...

Page 1643: ...meters time Enter the time in hours minutes seconds For the hour variable use the 24 hour format for example 17 15 00 is 5 15 pm month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year day Enter the number of the day The range is from 1 to 31 You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the displa...

Page 1644: ... clock after system bootup You cannot delete the hardware clock calendar To manually update the software with the hardware clock use the clock read calendar command Example Dell calendar set 08 55 00 june 18 2006 Dell Related Commands clock read calendar sets the software clock based on the hardware clock show clock displays the clock settings clock read calendar Set the software clock on the swit...

Page 1645: ...e switch to daylight saving time on a one time basis S4810 Syntax clock summer time time zone date start month start day start year start time end month end day end year end time offset To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration use the no clock summer time command Parameters time zone Enter the three letter name for the time zone This name is displayed in the show clock output start mont...

Page 1646: ...ts Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduc...

Page 1647: ...f the month last Enter this keyword to start daylight saving time in the last week of the month start day Enter the name of the day that you want daylight saving time to begin Use English three letter abbreviations for example Sun Sat Mon and so on The range is from Sun to Sat start month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English start time Enter the time in hours minutes For the hour vari...

Page 1648: ...ng is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series Version 7 4 1 0 Updated the start day and end day options to allow for using th...

Page 1649: ...ms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Se...

Page 1650: ... NTP events loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection sync Enter the keyword sync to display information on the NTP clock synchronization Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is...

Page 1651: ...bout other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Intr...

Page 1652: ...working OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets ...

Page 1653: ...multicast configure the switch S4810 Syntax ntp multicast client multicast address To disable multicast reception use the no ntp multicast client multicast address command Parameters multicast address OPTIONAL Enter a multicast address Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X X X X X format If you do not enter a multicast address the address 224 0 1 1 is config...

Page 1654: ...pv6 address Enter an IPv4 address A B C D or IPv6 address X X X X X hostname Enter the hostname of the server key keyid OPTIONAL Enter the keyword key and a number as the NTP peer key The range is from 1 to 4294967295 prefer OPTIONAL Enter the keyword prefer to indicate that this peer has priority over other servers version number OPTIONAL Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to th...

Page 1655: ...y polls to NTP hosts can impact network performance Dell Networking recommends limiting the number of hosts configured Related Commands show ntp associations displays the NTP servers configured and their status show calendar Display the current date and time based on the switch hardware clock S4810 Syntax show calendar Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specif...

Page 1656: ...l to view the source information of the clock Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on th...

Page 1657: ...ciations Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced ...

Page 1658: ...witch received an NTP packet poll Displays the polling interval in seconds reach Displays the reachability to the peer in octal bitstream delay Displays the time interval or delay for a packet to complete a round trip to the NTP time source in milliseconds offset Displays the relative time of the NTP peer s clock to the switch clock in milliseconds disp Displays the dispersion Example Dell show nt...

Page 1659: ...5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 1 1 0 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below Field Description Clock is States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer frequency is Displays the frequency in ppm stability in ppm and p...

Page 1660: ...90 reference time is BC242FD5 C7C5C000 10 15 49 780 UTC Mon Jan 10 2000 clock offset is clock offset msec root delay is 0 01656 sec root dispersion is 0 39694 sec peer dispersion is peer dispersion msec peer mode is client Dell Related Commands show ntp associations displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations 1660 System Time and Date ...

Page 1661: ...ode printenv Display the current system boot variable and other system settings S4810 Syntax printenv Command Modes uBoot Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on ...

Page 1662: ...secondary_boot f10boot flash0 default_boot f10boot tftp 192 168 128 1 FTOS SC 1 2 0 0E3 bin gatewayip 10 11 192 254 ipaddr 10 11 198 114 netmask 255 255 0 0 mgmtautoneg true mgmtspeed100 true mgmtfullduplex true stdin serial stdout serial stderr serial Environment size 1002 8188 bytes Usage Information ethaddr 00 01 E8 82 09 B2 is the MAC address primary_boot f10boot tftp 10 11 9 2 si S4810 40g se...

Page 1663: ...nformation Save your changes before resetting the system or all your changes will be lost save Save configurations created in uBoot S4810 Syntax save Command Modes uBoot Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history ...

Page 1664: ...ting system boot parameter selection is not available NOTE The default location should always be the internal flash device flash and a verified image should be stored there location Enter the location of the image file to be loaded When using this command the keyword f10boot must precede the location For example primary_image f10boot tftp 10 10 10 10 server ipaddr Enter the keyword ippaddr to conf...

Page 1665: ...on about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 u Boot 1665 ...

Page 1666: ...1666 ...

Page 1667: ... receive only mode Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Added the decapsulate any command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the MXL 10 40GbE Switch IO Module Usage Information To enable a tunnel interface use this command You must define a tunnel mode for the tunnel to function If you previously defined the tunnel destination or source address the tunnel mode mu...

Page 1668: ... channel then a number from 1 to 128 For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 anylocal Enter the anylocal command to allow the multipoint receive only tunnel to decapsulate tunnel packets destined to any local ip address Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNE...

Page 1669: ...lt is 5 count OPTIONAL Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter The range is from 3 to 10 The default is 3 unlimited Enter the keyword unlimited to specify the unlimited number of keepalive probe packets Defaults Tunnel keepalive is disabled Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 S4820T S6000 and Z9000 Usage Information Enabli...

Page 1670: ...ow remote entries Parameters ip address Enter the source IPv4 address in A B C D format ipv6 address Enter the source IPv6 address in X X X X X format mask OPTIONAL Enter a network mask in prefix format x or A B C D to match a range of remote addresses The default mask is 32 for IPv4 addresses and 128 for IPv6 addresses which match only the specified address Defaults If you do not configure tunnel...

Page 1671: ...Defaults 0 Mapped Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL conf if tu Command History Version 9 3 0 0 Introduced on the S6000 S4810 S4820T Z9000 Usage Information This command configures the method used to set the high 6 bits the differentiated services codepoint of the IPv4 TOS or the IPv6 traffic class in the outer IP header A value of 0 copies original packet DSCP IPv4 Traffic Class IPv6 to the tunnel he...

Page 1672: ...limit value To restore the default tunnel hop limit use the no tunnel hop limit command Parameters value Enter the hop limit ipv6 or time to live ipv4 value to include in the tunnel header The range is from 0 to 255 The default is 64 Defaults 64 Time to live for IPv4 outer tunnel header or hop limit for IPv6 outer tunnel header Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL conf if tu Command History Version 9 3 ...

Page 1673: ...for the configured Tunnel mode To establish a logical tunnel to the particular destination address use the destination address of the outer tunnel header If you configure a tunnel interface or source address the tunnel destination must be compatible ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address...

Page 1674: ...ed from the one of the address family ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address S4810 Syntax ipv6 unnumbered interface type interface number To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ipv6 unnumbered command If the tunnel was previously operational the tunnel interface i...

Page 1675: ...ess route information must be present at both the ends NOTE The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from the one of the address family Tunneling 1675 ...

Page 1676: ...1676 ...

Page 1677: ...llowing interface types Fast Ethernet fastethernet slot port slot port range 1 Gigabit Ethernet gigabitethernet slot port slot port range 10 Gigabit Ethernet tengigabitethernet slot port slot port range Port channel port channel 1 512 port channel range Where port range and port channel range specify a range of ports separated by a dash and or individual ports port channels in any order for exampl...

Page 1678: ... downstream interface uplink state group creates an uplink state group and enables the tracking of upstream links debug uplink state group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink state group or all groups S4810 Syntax debug uplink state group group id To turn off debugging event messages enter the no debug uplink state group group id command Parameters group id Enables debug...

Page 1679: ... maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK STATE GROUP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This comm...

Page 1680: ...annel 1 512 port channel range Where port range and port channel range specify a range of ports separated by a dash and or individual ports port channels in any order for example gigabitethernet 1 1 2 5 9 11 12 port channel 1 3 5 A comma is required to separate each port and port range entry Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK STATE GROUP Command History This guide is platform specific For command ...

Page 1681: ...e group and enables the tracking of upstream links downstream auto recover Enable auto recovery so that UFD disabled downstream ports in an uplink state group automatically come up when a disabled upstream port in the group comes back up S4810 Syntax downstream auto recover To disable auto recovery on downstream links use the no downstream auto recover command Defaults The auto recovery of UFD dis...

Page 1682: ...ber Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD The range is from 1 to 1024 all Brings down all downstream links in the group Defaults No downstream links are disabled when an upstream link in an uplink state group goes down Command Modes UPLINK STATE GROUP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Ne...

Page 1683: ...x enable To disable upstream link tracking without deleting the uplink state group use the no enable command Defaults Upstream link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink state group Command Modes UPLINK STATE GROUP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The followin...

Page 1684: ...tory for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 3 Introduced on the S Series S50 Example Dell show running config uplink state group no enable uplink state track 1 downstream GigabitEthernet 0 2 4 6 11 19 upstream Ten...

Page 1685: ...ed on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 3 Introduced on the S Series S50 Example Dell show uplink state group Uplink State Group 1 Status Enabled Up Uplink State Group 3 Status Enabled Up Uplink State Group 5 Status Enabled Down Uplink State Group 6 Statu...

Page 1686: ...ate group create an uplink state group and enables the tracking of upstream links uplink state group Create an uplink state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch router S4810 Syntax uplink state group group id To delete an uplink state group enter the no uplink state group group id command Parameters group id Enter the ID number of an uplink state group The range is from 1 to...

Page 1687: ...use the no enable command in uplink state group configuration mode Example Dell conf uplink state group 16 Dell conf 02 23 17 RPM0 P CP IFMGR 5 ASTATE_UP Changed uplink state group Admin state to up Group 16 Related Commands show running config uplink state group displays the current configuration of one or more uplink state groups show uplink state group displays the status information on a speci...

Page 1688: ...egator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 4 2 3 Introduced on the S Series S50 Usage Information You can assign physical port or port channel interfaces to an uplink state group You can assign an interface to only one uplink state group Configure each interface assigned to an upli...

Page 1689: ... uplink state group creates an uplink state group and enables the tracking of upstream links Uplink Failure Detection UFD 1689 ...

Page 1690: ...1690 ...

Page 1691: ...ing an IP address to a stackable VLAN is supported when all the members are only stackable VLAN trunk ports IP addresses on a stackable VLAN enabled VLAN are not supported if the VLAN contains stackable VLAN access ports This facility is provided for the simple network management protocol SNMP management over a stackable VLAN enabled VLAN containing only stackable VLAN trunk interfaces Layer 3 rou...

Page 1692: ...ion 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 3 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series dei honor Honor the incoming DEI value by mapping it to an Dell Networking OS drop precedence Enter the command once for 0 and once for 1 S4810 Syntax dei honor 0 1 green red yellow Parameters 0 1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color green red yellow Choose...

Page 1693: ...mmands dei enable Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value dei mark Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet S4810 Syntax dei mark green yellow 0 1 Parameters 0 1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color green red yellow Choose a color Green High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped Yellow Lower priority pac...

Page 1694: ...erface command Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot port or number information For a Port Channel interface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot por...

Page 1695: ... an ID S4810 Syntax no stack unit unit id stack group stack group id Parameters unit id Enter the stack unit ID stack group id Enter the stack group ID The range is from 0 to 16 no Use no stack unit unit id stack group stack id to remove the current stack group configuration Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms re...

Page 1696: ...History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S481...

Page 1697: ... Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the C Series and S Series E Series original Command Usage Information Prior to disabling the stackable VLAN feature remove the members To view the stackable VLANs use the show vlan command in EX...

Page 1698: ...s mapped to a service provider do1p value The range is from 0 to 7 sp tag dot1p value Enter the keyword sp tag dot1p then the service provider dot1p value The range is from 0 to 7 Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a...

Page 1699: ...etworking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E Series ExaScale C Series and S Series accept both bytes of the 2 byte S Tag TPID Version 8 2 1 0 Introduced on the E ...

Page 1700: ...onfigured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9...

Page 1701: ...Gi 8 0 port acts as a VLAN Stack trunk port switching stackable VLAN traffic for VLAN 10 while also switching untagged traffic for VLAN 30 and tagged traffic for VLAN 40 To allow VLAN 30 traffic the native VLAN feature is required by executing the portmode hybrid command Refer to portmode hybrid in Interfaces Example 1 Dell conf if gi 0 42 switchport Dell conf if gi 0 42 vlan stack trunk Dell conf...

Page 1702: ...0 exit Dell config interface tenGigabitethernet 8 0 Dell conf if te 10 0 no shutdown Dell conf if te 10 0 portmode hybrid Dell conf if te 10 0 switchport Dell conf if te 10 0 vlan stack trunk Dell conf if te 10 0 exit Dell config interface vlan 10 Dell conf if vlan vlan stack compatible Dell conf if vlan member Gi 7 0 Gi 3 10 TenGi 8 0 Dell conf if vlan exit Dell config interface vlan 30 Dell conf...

Page 1703: ...ults Available by default Command Modes CONFIG Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T Usage Information Use this command to create or delete a...

Page 1704: ...llowing is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S Series Usage Information Use this command to specify a descriptive name for a VRF ip vrf forwarding Enables you to attach an interface to a VRF S4810 Syntax ip vrf forwarding vrf name management To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF use the no ip vrf forwarding vrf nam...

Page 1705: ...r a management VRF To assign a port back to a default VRF remove the interface associated with the VRF You can use this only if there is no IP address configured on the interface There must be no prior Layer 3 configuration on the interface when configuring VRF VRF must be enabled prior to implementing this command You can configure an IP subnet or address on a physical or VLAN interface that over...

Page 1706: ...ute this command the management ports corresponding to both the ACTIVE unit as well as the STANDBY unit are associated with the management VRF maximum dynamic routes Specify the maximum number of dynamic protocol routes a VRF can have S4810 S6000 Syntax maximum dynamic routes limit warn threshold threshold value warning only To remove the limit on the maximum number of routes used use the no maxim...

Page 1707: ...is not specified for a VRF then it has unlimited space that extends to the maximum number of entries allowed for the system This command is not applicable to the default and management VRFs show ip vrf Displays information corresponding to the VRFs that are configured in the system S4810 Syntax show ip vrf vrf name Parameters vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to displ...

Page 1708: ...the VRFs in the system S4810 Syntax show run vrf vrf name Parameters vrf vrf name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command V...

Page 1709: ...isplay configuration information corresponding to either a specific VRF or all the VRFs in the system Example Dell show run vrf test3 ip vrf test3 description Banking Customer Chennai Related Commands Virtual Routing and Forwarding VRF 1709 ...

Page 1710: ...1710 ...

Page 1711: ...ol lldp command is globally enabled 3 The proxy gateway LLDP configuration is applied However proxy gateway lldp configuration is sent to the Layer 2 application When LLDP sends an IPC reply message SWPQ is created towards LLDP to send further updates to LLDP When the proxy gateway peer domain link port channel command is provisioned the configuration is sent to LLDP if the port channel is a VLT p...

Page 1712: ... made the MAC details are saved When no remote mac address mac address identifier configuration is made the MAC details and the local DA information are deleted Example Dell conf vlt domain 1 Dell conf vlt domain proxy gateway static remote mac address exclude vlan Configure the proxy gateway static entry and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing S4810 Syntax remote mac address mac...

Page 1713: ...or range of VLANs and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing S4810 Syntax no peer domain link port channel interface identifier exclude vlan vlan range Parameters port channel Configure the proxy gateway interface port channel Port channel range is from 1 to 128 vlan range Enter the member VLANs using comma separated VLAN IDs a range of VLAN IDs a single VLAN ID or a combination For...

Page 1714: ... S6000 Z9000 and MXL Switch Usage Information In a square VLT topology with only one link connecting remote peers a node must stop sending its VLT peer MAC address vlt peer mac transmit enabled when the VLT peer is down If you configure this time out interval it will keep sending its peer s MAC address until the timer expires Example Dell conf vlt domain proxy gw lldp peer timeout 5 vlt peer mac t...

Page 1715: ...details about the LLDP VLT proxy gateway configuration static Display details about the static VLT proxy gateway configuration Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9 4 0 0 Introduced on the S4810 S4820T S6000 Z9000 and MXL Switch Usage Information At any point of time the proxy gateway feature may go operationally down for the following reasons 1 LLDP globally disabled 2 LLDP ...

Page 1716: ...ay info static Mac Address Exclude Vlan 00 01 e8 8b 1c c0 Dell show vlt proxy gateway info lldp LagId Mac Address Exclude Vlan Po 55 00 01 e8 8a e8 f7 3 7 8 Macs learnt via port channel 55 Po 55 00 01 e8 8b 1c c0 3 7 8 1716 VLT Proxy Gateway ...

Page 1717: ...eady established changing the System MAC or Unit Id does not cause VLT peer ship to go down Also if the VLT peer ship is already established and the VLT Unit Id or System MAC are configured on both peers then changing the CLI configurations on the VLT Unit Id or System MAC is rejected if any of the following become TRUE After making the CLI configuration change the VLT Unit Id becomes identical on...

Page 1718: ...uced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 2 0 2 Added support for IPv6 Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 8 0 Introduced on the S4810 clear vlt statistics Clear the statistics on VLT operations S4810 Syntax clear vlt statistics arp domain igmp...

Page 1719: ... the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Example VLT ARP Statistics ARP Tunnel Pkts sent 0 ARP Tunnel Pkts Rcvd 0 ARP sync Pkts Sent 0 ARP sync Pkts Rcvd 0 ARP Reg Request sent 19 ARP Reg Request rcvd 10 Related Commands show vlt statistics displays statistics on VLT operations delay restore Configure the delay in bringing up VLT ports after reload or peer link restoration between the ...

Page 1720: ...tem from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge use the delay restore parameter Use this feature after a VLT device is reloaded if the Peer VLT device was up at the time the VLTi link failed to the time when it was restored Related Commands show vlt statistics displays statistics on VLT operations lacp ungroup member independent...

Page 1721: ...king configuration the system must be able to reach the DHCP server with the boot image and configuration image During boot up only untagged DHCP requests are sent to the DHCP server to receive an offer on static LAGs between switches The DHCP server must be configured to start in BMP mode If switches are connected using LACP port channels like the VLT peer and Top of Rack ToR use the port channel...

Page 1722: ...following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the Z9000 S4810 and S4820T Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 peer link port channel Configure the specified port channel as the chassis interconnect trunk between VLT peers ...

Page 1723: ...eer down vlan parameter When a VLT peer with bare metal provisioning BMP is booting up it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi To ensure that the DHCP discover packets are forwarded to the VLAN that has the DHCP server use this configuration peer routing Enable L3 VLT peer routing This command is applicable for both IPV6 IPV4 S4810 Syntax peer routing To disable L3 VLT pe...

Page 1724: ...forms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 4 0 0 Added the support for IPV6 IPV4 Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the Z9000 S4810 and S4820T Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Usage Information When the timer expires the software checks to see if the VLT peer is now avail...

Page 1725: ...f the interconnect trunk by default the Dell Networking OS software elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device To reconfigure the primary role of VLT peer switches use the priority command show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch S4810 Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is ...

Page 1726: ...e timer 90 seconds show vlt backup link Displays information on the backup link operation S4810 Syntax show vlt backup link Default Not configured Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for ...

Page 1727: ...ess counter information for the VLT ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP Default Not configured Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Ve...

Page 1728: ...and Non VLT ARP Dell show vlt counters Total VLT Counters L2 Total MAC Address Count 2 Total Arp Entries Learnt 0 Total Arp Entries Synced 0 Total Non VLT Arp entries Learnt 0 Total Non VLT Arp Entries Synced 0 IGMP MRouter Vlans count IGMP Mcast Groups count Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt 2 Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced 0 Total Non VLT Ndp Entries Learnt 0 Total Non VLT Ndp Entries Synced 0 show vlt...

Page 1729: ...t inconsistency ip mroute Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is s...

Page 1730: ...e Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 2 0 0 Introduced on the M I O Aggregator This command is supported in Programmable Mux PMUX mode only Version 9 2 0 2 Introduced on the Z9000 S4810 and S4820T Example Dell show vlt mismatch Domain Parameters Local Peer Unit ID 0 15 Vlan config Vlan ID Local Mode Peer Mode 100 L3 Vlan IPV4 Multic...

Page 1731: ...ll Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 8 0 Introduced on the S4810 Example Dell_VLTpeer1 show vlt role VLT Role VLT Role Primary System MAC address 00 01 e8 8a df bc System Role Priority 32768 Local System MAC address 00 01 e8 8a df bc Local System Role P...

Page 1732: ... Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 2 0 2 Added parameters multicast and ndp Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Added support in the output for ARP MAC and IGMP snooping Version 8 3 8 0 Introduced on the S4810 Related...

Page 1733: ...sponse rcvd 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd 19 VLT Multicast Statistics Info Pkts Sent 4 Info Pkts Rcvd 2 Reg Request Sent 2 Reg Request Rcvd 2 Reg Response Sent 1 Reg Response Rcvd 0 Route updates sent to Peer 0 Route updates rcvd from Peer 0 Route update pkts sent to Peer 0 Route update pkts rcvd from Peer 0 VLT NDP Statisti...

Page 1734: ...on 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 12 0 Introduced on the S4810 Example Dell_VLTpeer1 show vlt statistics igmp snoop VLT Igmp Snooping Statistics IGMP Info Pkts sent 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd 1 IGMP Reg Request sent 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd 2 IGMP Reg Response sent 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd 10 IGM...

Page 1735: ...t MAC address for the domain by entering a new MAC address in the format nn nn nn nn nn nn use the system mac command You must also reconfigure the same MAC address on the VLT peer switch unit id Explicitly configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch S4810 Syntax unit id 0 1 Parameters 0 1 Configure the default unit ID of a VLT peer switch Enter 0 for the first peer or enter 1 for the secon...

Page 1736: ... assigned to each peer switch when one peer reboots use this command vlt domain Enable VLT on a switch configure a VLT domain and enter VLT domain configuration mode S4810 Syntax vlt domain domain id Parameters domain id Enter the Domain ID number Configure the same domain ID on the peer switch The range of domain IDs is from 1 to 1000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is plat...

Page 1737: ... Parameters id number Enter the respective vlt port channel number of the peer device Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE PORT CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Versio...

Page 1738: ...omes a part of the primary VLAN and its associated secondary VLANs similar to the behavior for normal trunk ports VLAN symmetricity is not validated if you associate an ICL to a PVLAN Similarly if you dissociate an ICL from a PVLAN although the PVLAN symmetrictiy exists ICL is removed from that PVLAN in such a case The ICL Status field denotes the type of the VLAN port of the VLTi link configured ...

Page 1739: ...er a number of seconds The range is from 1 to 255 The default is 1 second Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE VRRP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on th...

Page 1740: ...es an un encrypted authentication data follows 7 seven specifies a hidden authentication data follows LINE is the un encrypted cleartext authentication data password Enter a character string up to eight characters long as a password If you do not enter an encryption type the password is stored as clear text Defaults Not configured Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform specific ...

Page 1741: ...yword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this comman...

Page 1742: ...Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a 40 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword FortyGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094 vrrp id OPTIONAL Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID all Enter the keyword all to enable debuggi...

Page 1743: ... 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information If no options are specified debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups description Configure a short text string describing the VRRP group S4810 Syntax description text To delete a VRRP group description use the no description command Parameters text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long Defaults Not enabled Command Modes VRRP Comma...

Page 1744: ...ing OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced o...

Page 1745: ...de The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information ...

Page 1746: ... the E Series priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process S4810 Syntax priority priority To return to the default value use the no priority command Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority Enter 255 only if the router s virtual address is the same as the interface s primary IP address that is the router is...

Page 1747: ...how config View the non default VRRP configuration S4810 Syntax show config verbose Parameters verbose OPTIONAL Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information including defaults Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The followi...

Page 1748: ... then the number The range is from 1 to 128 For a 1 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094 brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to view a...

Page 1749: ...from the priority value assigned to the interface Pre States whether preempt is enabled on the interface Y Preempt is enabled N Preempt is not enabled State Displays the operational state of the interface by using one of the following NA IF the interface is not available MASTER the interface associated with the MASTER router BACKUP the interface associated with the BACKUP router Master addr Displa...

Page 1750: ...d and FALSE if preempt is not configured AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds Adv rcvd This line displays counters for the following Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent Virtual MAC address Displays the virtu...

Page 1751: ...v sent 1862 Gratuitous ARP sent 0 Virtual MAC address 00 00 5e 00 01 02 Virtual IP address 10 1 2 252 Authentication none Tracking states for 2 interfaces Up GigabitEthernet 2 1 priority cost 10 Up GigabitEthernet 12 17 priority cost 10 Dell Example VRRP VRF Dell show vrrp vrf jay fortyGigE 0 124 IPv4 VRID 20 Version 2 Net 10 0 0 3 VRF 1 jay State Master Priority 100 Master 10 0 0 3 local Hold Dow...

Page 1752: ...lts Not configured Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on th...

Page 1753: ...tforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 9 0 2 0 Introduced on the S6000 Version 9 0 0 0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 8 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information This command applies to a single interface When used with th...

Page 1754: ...ed on the S4820T Version 8 3 8 0 Introduced on the S4810 Usage Information This command applies to all the VRRP configured interfaces on a system When used with the vrrp delay minimum CLI the later timer rules the VRRP enabling For example if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300 When the system reloads VRRP waits 600 seconds 10 minutes to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that ...

Page 1755: ...uced on the S6000 Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 11 1 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8 3 7 0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 7 6 1 0 Introduced on the S Series Version 7 5 1 0 Introduced on the C Series pre Version 6 2 1 1 Introduced on the E Series Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured When you d...

Page 1756: ...lear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command Version 8 3 19 0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8 3 10 0 In...

Page 1757: ...bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of all VFFP BFD interactions database Enter the keyword database to display changes related to group prefix and interface entries in the VRRP table packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the...

Page 1758: ...erface enter the keywords port channel then a number The range is from 1 to 128 For SONET interfaces enter the keyword sonet then the slot port information For a 10 Gigabit Ethernet interface enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot port information For a VLAN interface enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094 brief OPTIONAL Enter the keyword brief to v...

Page 1759: ...pt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds Adv rcvd This line displays counters for the following Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface Virtual ...

Page 1760: ...ax vrrp ipv6 group vrid Parameters vrid Enter the virtual router ID number of the VRRP group The VRID range is from 1 to 255 Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform specific For command information about other platforms refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version histo...

Page 1761: ...al to 16 times the vrrp group or vrrp ipv6 group vrid number plus the ip vrf vrf id number For example if VRF microcode is loaded and VRRP group 10 is configured in VRF 2 the VRID used for the VRRP group is 16 x 10 2 or 162 This VRID value is used in the lowest byte of the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group and is also used for VRF routing NOTE Configure the same VRID on neighboring routers Del...

Reviews:

No comments

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands